SlideShare a Scribd company logo
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


Unit-1

To Understand the Basics of The Computer

Hello! Students, in today’s information age, computers are Being used in every
occupation. They are used by people of all age and profession, in their work as well as
their leisure. This new social age have changed the basic concept of’ computing’.
Computing, in today’s information age, is no more limited to computer programmers and
computer engineers. Rather than knowing how to program a computer, most computer
users simply need to understand how computer functions so in this lecture I will be
discussing with you about this versatile tool, why is it so powerful and useful, its history
and you will also be briefed about the classification of computers its devices in my
today’s lecture. What is a Computer? A computer is an electronic machine that accepts
information, stores it until the information is needed, processes the information according
to the instructions provided by the user, and finally returns the results to the user. The
computer can store and manipulate large quantities of data at very high speed, but a
computer cannot think. A computer makes decisions based on simple comparisons such
as one number being larger than another. Although the computer can help solve a
tremendous variety of problems, it is simply a machine. It can not solve problems on its
own.

Computer Tasks
     1 Input
     2 Storage
     3 Processing
     4 Output
When a computer is asked to do a job, it handles the task in a very special way.
1. It accepts the information from the user. This is called input.
2. It stored the information until it is ready for use. The computer has memory chips,
which are designed to hold information until it is needed.
3. It processes the information. The computer has an electronic brain called the Central
Processing Unit, which is responsible for processing all data and instructions given to the
Computer.
4. It then returns the processed information to the user. This is called output. Every
computer has special parts to do each of the jobs listed above. Whether it is a multi-
million dollar mainframe or a thousand dollar personal computer, it has the following
four Components, Input, Memory, Central Processing, and Output. The central
processing unit is made up of many components, but two of them are worth mentioning at
this point. These are the arithmetic and logic unit and the control unit. The control unit
controls the electronic flow of information around the computer. The arithmetic and logic
unit, ALU, is responsible for mathematical calculations and logical comparisons. Input
Devices

         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF1PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             1
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
   1   · Keyboard
   2   · Mouse
   3   · Scanner
   4   · Microphone
   5   · CD-ROM
   6   · Joystick

OPERATING SYSTEM

A program that acts as an intermediary between a user of a computer and the computer
hardware.

Operating system goals:

   1. Execute user programs and make solving user problems easier.
   2. Make the computer system convenient to use
   3. Use the computer hardware in an efficient manner.

COMPUTER SYSTEM STRUCTURE

Computer system can be divided into four components

   1. Hardware – provides basic computing resources
          a. CPU, memory, I/O devices
   2. Operating system
          b. Controls and coordinates use of hardware among various applications and
              users
   3. Application programs – define the ways in which the system resources are used
      to solve the computing problems of the users
          c. Word processors, compilers, web browsers, database systems, video
              games
   4. Users
          d. People, machines, other computers




        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF2PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         2
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




COMPUTER SYSTEM DEFINATION

OS is a resource allocator

           1. Manages all resources.
           2. Decides between conflicting requests for efficient and fair resource use.

OS is a control program
           1. Controls execution of programs to prevent errors and improper use of the
              computer.

COMPUTERSYSTEM SATRTUP

Bootstrap program is loaded at power-up or reboot-

           1. Typically stored in ROM or EPROM, generally known as firmware.
           2. Initialized all aspects of system.
           3. Loads operating system kernel and starts execution.

COMPUTER SYSTEM ORGANIZATION
Computer-system operation-

   1. One or more CPUs, device controllers connect through common bus providing
      access to shared memory
   2. Concurrent execution of CPUs and devices competing for memory cycles


COMPUTER SYSTEM OPERATION

   1.   I/O devices and the CPU can execute concurrently.
   2.   Each device controller is in charge of a particular device type.
   3.   Each device controller has a local buffer.
   4.   CPU moves data from/to main memory to/from local buffers
   5.   I/O is from the device to local buffer of controller.
   6.   Device controller informs CPU that it has finished its operation by causing an
        interrupt.

OPERATING SYSTEM STRUCTURE
Multiprogramming needed for efficiency-

         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF3PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            3
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

   1. Single user cannot keep CPU and I/O devices busy at all times.
   2. Multiprogramming organizes jobs (code and data) so CPU always has one to
      execute.
   3. A subset of total jobs in system is kept in memory.
   4. One job selected and run via job scheduling.
   5. When it has to wait (for I/O for example), OS switches to another job.

Timesharing (multitasking) is logical extension in which CPU switches jobs so
frequently that users can interact with each job while it is running, creating interactive
computing.

   1.   Response time should be < 1 second.
   2.   Each user has at least one program executing in memory process.
   3.   If several jobs ready to run at the same time CPU scheduling.
   4.   If processes don’t fit in memory, swapping moves them in and out to run.
   5.   Virtual memory allows execution of processes not completely in memory.

PROCESS MANAGEMENT

1. A process is a program in execution. It is a unit of work within the system. Program is
   a passive entity, process is an active entity.
2. Process needs resources to accomplish its task
       • CPU, memory, I/O, files
       • Initialization data
3. Process termination requires reclaim of any reusable resources
4. Single-threaded process has one program counter specifying location of next
   instruction to execute
       • Process executes instructions sequentially, one at a time, until completion
5. Multi-threaded process has one program counter per thread
6. Typically system has many processes, some user, some operating system running
   concurrently on one or more CPUs
       • Concurrency by multiplexing the CPUs among the processes / threads

MEMORY MANAGEMENT

1. All data in memory before and after processing.
2. All instructions in memory in order to execute.
3. Memory management determines what is in memory when.
       • Optimizing CPU utilization and computer response to users.
4. Memory management activities-
       • Keeping track of which parts of memory are currently being used and by
            whom.
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF4PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            4
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

       •    Deciding which processes (or parts thereof) and data to move into and out of
            memory
       •    Allocating and deallocating memory space as needed.

STORAGE MANAGEMENT

OS provides uniform, logical view of information storage-
       • Abstracts physical properties to logical storage unit - file
       • Each medium is controlled by device (i.e., disk drive, tape drive)
       • Varying properties include access speed, capacity, and data-transfer rate,
           access method (sequential or random)
File-System management-
       • Files usually organized into directories
       • Access control on most systems to determine who can access what
       • OS activities include.
       • Creating and deleting files and directories.
       • Primitives to manipulate files and dirs.
             • Mapping files onto secondary storage.
             • Backup files onto stable (non-volatile) storage media.

OPERATING-SYSTEM STRUCTURES

1. Operating System Services
2. User Operating System Interface
3. System Calls
4. Types of System Calls
5. System Programs
6. Operating System Design and Implementation
7. Operating System Structure
8. Virtual Machines
9. Operating System Generation
10. System Boot

SERVICES OF OPERATING SYSTEM

One set of operating-system services provides functions that are helpful to the user:
User interface - Almost all operating systems have a user interface (UI)Varies between
Command-Line (CLI), Graphics User Interface (GUI).

Program execution - The system must be able to load a program into memory and to run
that program, end execution, either normally or abnormally (indicating error)

I/O operations - A running program may require I/O, which may involve a file or an I/O
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF5PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                              (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           5
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                       (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
device.

File-system manipulation - The file system is of particular interest. Obviously,
programs need to read and write files and directories, create and delete them, search
them, list file Information, permission management.

Communications – Processes may exchange information, on the same computer or
between computers over a network
Communications may be via shared memory or through message passing (packets moved
by the OS)

Error detection – OS needs to be constantly aware of possible errors. May occur in the
CPU and memory hardware, in I/O devices, in user program. For each type of error, OS
should take the appropriate action to ensure correct and consistent computing
Debugging facilities can greatly enhance the user’s and programmer’s abilities to
efficiently use the system. Another set of OS functions exists for ensuring the efficient
operation of the system itself via resource sharing.

Resource allocation - When multiple users or multiple jobs running concurrently,
resources must be allocated to each of them.
Many types of resources - Some (such as CPU cycles, main memory, and file storage)
may have special allocation code, others (such as I/O devices) may have general request
and release code.

Accounting - To keep track of which users use how much and what kinds of computer
resources

Protection and security - The owners of information stored in a multi-user or networked
computer system may want to control use of that information, concurrent processes
should not interfere with each other. Protection involves ensuring that all access to
system resources is controlled. Security of the system from outsiders requires user
authentication, extends to defending external I/O devices from invalid access attempts
If a system is to be protected and secure, precautions must be instituted throughout it. A
chain is only as strong as its weakest link.

SYSTEM BOOT
Operating system must be made available to hardware so hardware can start it
       • Small piece of code – bootstrap loader, locates the kernel, loads it into
            memory, and starts it
       • Sometimes two-step process where boot block at fixed location loads
           bootstrap loader
       • When power initialized on system, execution starts at a fixed memory
           location

          EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF6PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                       (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            6
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

                •   Firmware used to hold initial boot code.

INRODUCTION TO DOS
DOS stands for Disk Operating System. DOS controls the computer’s hardware and
provides an environment for programs to run. This system program must always be
present when working with your computer.
Why You Need DOS
There are a variety of reasons why you need DOS. A few of them are listed below to
satisfy your curiosity.
1. DOS controls the flow of information between you and the computer (translator).
2. DOS allows you to store information on your computer.
3. DOS allows you to retrieve information stored on your computer.
4. DOS interprets and translates the software you have on your computer.
5. DOS gives you access to all its function (i.e. saving, copying, and printing files).
Set the Date and Time
Most computers on campus have an internal clock that will automatically set the date and
time for you when you turn the computer on. However, if your computer does not have
this feature or your computer has two floppy drives, you will need to do the following
steps to set the date and time.
Directions:
1. Type the date like this: 1-15-97
2. Press the return key (enter key).
3. Type the time like this: 8:46
4. Press return.
5. Notice that the C:> prompt will appear.
DOS marks the date and time on everything you do. It is important to periodically check
the date and time if you have an internal clock to see if it is correct. If you have a two
floppy system, it is important to enter the correct date and time when you turn the
computer on.
. Check the Date and Time
DOS will let you check or change the date and time once it has been set. The procedure
to do this is as follows:
Directions:
1. Type: date and press return.
2. If the correct date is displayed, simply press return. If the date is incorrect, type the
correct date and press return.
3. Type: time and press return.
4. If the correct time is displayed, simply press return. If the time is incorrect, type the
correct time and press return.
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF7PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                               7
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                         (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Directory Command
The DIRECTORY command is like a table of contents in a book. This directory will list
the following information:
        •     Filenames
        •     File extensions
        •     Size of each file
        •     Date and time the file was last updated.
Directions:
1. At the C :> type: dir and press return.
2. The list of files will scroll up and off the screen.
NOTE: At the end of the listing, there is a line that shows the number of bytes free on the
hard drive.

Scroll through the Directory Listing
When you type the DIR command and press return, the files begin to scroll vertically on
your screen. If you have a lot of files it is difficult to read each one. By holding down the
Control Key (CTRL) and the letter S at the same time, you are able to freeze the listing
to view your files. When you are finished, press the spacebar for the list to continue.
NOTE: You must return to the C :> before entering your next command.
Pause a Directory Listing
You can add a PAUSE command to your directory command which will allow you to
view your directory one screen at a time.
Directions:
1. Type: dir/p and press return.
2. The screen freezes after it fills the screen with the files that are listed first in the
directory.
 3. Press the spacebar to continue listing you files.
 4. Continue to press the spacebar until you return back to the C:> prompt.
View a Wide Listing of Files
When you need to quickly view your files, you can add a /W to the directory command.
This will display your files into five columns on the screen.
Directions:
 1. Type: dir/w and press return.
 2. DOS will list only the name of you file and the file extension on the screen.
 NOTE: Use this command when you are not concerned with looking at the file size or
the date it was created.
Recall a DOS Command

            EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF8PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                         (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                          SEC-7, DWARKA
                                                 8
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
The F3 function key can be used to recall the last DOS command you typed in. If you
would like to retrieve a previously entered command, you can also press the up arrow
key continuously until you reach the desired command you were looking for.
NOTE: You can also type out each letter in your last command by using the right arrow
key or the right cursor key. After you use the F3 key to recall a command, you can use
the backspace key to edit any part of the command or add to your command.
Print a Directory Listing
You can print a list of your files in your directory by instructing DOS to send the
information to your printer.

Directions:
 1. Type: dir>prn and press return.
 2. The > symbol stands for output. The PRN stands for printer.
NOTE: You can print a wide listing of your files by typing dir/w>prn
Laser jet printers and other sheet feeder printers will not eject the page after the dir>prn
command. You must take the printer off-line and press the form feed button. Remember
to press the on-line button when you are done in order to continue using the printer.
Check for a Single File
Instead of using the directory command to look for one particular file, you can type the
name of the file after the DIR command at the C:> prompt.
Directions:
1. Make sure that you are at your C:> prompt.
2. Type: dir format.com (filename. extension) and press return.
3. The screen will display a listing of the file or a file not found message.
Check for a Group of Files
The * symbol is referred to as a wildcard and stands for any character or group of
characters. This is helpful when you want to list files that start with a particular letter or
group.
Directions:
1. Type: dir c* and press return.
2. All filenames that begin with the letter C will be listed.
3. Press the F3 key.
4. Backspace twice and replace C* with A* and press return.
5. All filenames that begin with the letter A are listed.
List Files with the Same Extensions
You can also use the wildcard character * to look for a group of files with the same
extension.
Directions:
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF9PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                         SEC-7, DWARKA
                                               9
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
1. Type: dir *.bat and press return.
2. All files with the .bat extension are listed.
3. Press the F3 key.
4. Backspace three times and replace the .bat extension with the .sys extension and press
return.
5. All files with the .sys extension should now be listed.
Clear the Screen
When the screen get full of information, you may want to clear it. To do this, type CLS at
the C:> prompt and press return.
Create a File with DOS
Directions:
1. Type: copy con Quick.ltr and press return.
2. Type this message in the following format:
Bob
Sales are up 15%.
Good Job!
Craig
3. Press the F6 function key (^Z) and press return.
4. DOS gives you a message that 1 File(s) has been copied.
5. Type: dir q* and press return.
6. Now you can see the list of files beginning with the letter Q.
NOTE: You can also use the COPY command to print a file by typing: copy quick.ltr
prn and press return.
Copy a File
You can use the COPY command to copy one file to another.
Directions:
1. Type: copy quick.ltr quick2.ltr and press return.
2. DOS will tell you one file has been copied.
3. Type: dir q* and press return.
4. You should have two files listed with different names.
NOTE: Filenames cannot be more than eight characters in length. File extensions cannot
be more than three characters in length.
Copy a File with a New Extension
                                 10
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                         SEC-7, DWARKA
                                               10
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
You can also use the COPY command to copy the file with a different filename
extension.
Directions:
1. Type: copy quick.ltr quick.bac and press return.
2. Type: dir q* and press return.
3. Three files should be listed.
Type a File with DOS
If you need to check the contents of a particular file or any DOS file, you will need to use
the TYPE command.
Directions:
1. Type: type quick2.ltr and press return.
2. DOS prints the contents of the file.
NOTE: Never use the TYPE command with files that have the .com, .exe, .sys, and .bas
extensions. These are program files and will only display junk on the screen.
Rename a File
The RENAME command lets you rename a previous file with a new name.
Directions:
1. Type: ren quick2.ltr sales.ltr and press return.
2. Type: dir *.ltr and press return.
3. DOS lists only two files that have the .ltr extension: quick.ltr and sales.ltr.
Rename a Group of Files
With the wildcard character *, you can also use the RENAME command to change a
group of files.
Directions:
1. Type: ren *.ltr *.bob and press return.
2. Type: dir *.bob and press return.
3. You should have two files listed with a .bob extension.
4. Type: dir *.ltr and press return.
5. There should be no files found with .ltr extensions.
NOTE: You can also rename a group of files that have the same name but different
extensions. Type the RENAME command then the filename followed by the dot and the
wildcard, space and then type the new filename followed by a dot and the wildcard
character. It will look like this: filename.* newfilename.*
Create a Subdirectory
                                 11
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                          SEC-7, DWARKA
                                               11
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
To create a subdirectory, you will need to use the MAKE DIRECTORY command,
a.k.a. MD. The MD command is useful for organizing files on your hard drive. With
subdirectories, you can create and store related files together. For example, one
subdirectory could be used to store all word processing files and another for all
spreadsheet files.
Directions:
1. Type: md info and press return.
2. Type: dir *. and press return.
3. Notice the *. will list only the subdirectories.
Move to a Subdirectory
Once you have created a subdirectory, to move to that directory, you will use the
CHANGE DIRECTORY command, a.k.a. CD.
Directions:
1. Type: cd info and press return.
2. Type: cd and press return.
3. The name of the directory is listed.
Set the DOS Prompt
You can set or change the standard system prompt to display the name of the directory or
subdirectory you are currently working in.
Directions:
1. Type: prompt $p $g and press return.
2. The DOS prompt tells you that you are working in the C directory (drive) and in the
Info subdirectory.
3. Type: dir and press return.
4. The single dot stands for the current directory. The double dots stand for the parent
directory (root). The dots are often referred to as place markers.
Move to the Parent Directory
DOS has a quick way to move from the current directory back to the parent directory.
Directions:
 1. Type: cd.. and press return.
 2. You will return back to the C:> prompt.
Copy a File into a Subdirectory
The COPY command lets you copy files from one directory to another.
Directions:

                                 12
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                          SEC-7, DWARKA
                                               12
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
1. Type: copy sales.bob info and press return.
2. Type: dir info and press return.
3. Notice that a copy of Sales.bob is copied into the subdirectory Info. The original file is
also in the root directory.
Copy a Group of Files into a Subdirectory
When copying a group of files from the root directory into a subdirectory, it is necessary
to use the wildcard character * along with the COPY command.
Directions:
1. Type: copy quick.* info and press return.
2. DOS will list the files being copied.
3. Type: dir info and press return.
4. Three files should be listed in the Info subdirectory.
List Files in a Subdirectory
The CHANGE DIRECTORY, a.k.a. CD, command will let you list files in your
subdirectory from your hard drive.
Directions:
1. Type: cd info and press return.
2. Type: dir and press return.
3. All files in the Info subdirectory are listed.


List Files in the Root from a Subdirectory
The DIRECTORY command is also used to get a listing of all the files in the root
directory while in a subdirectory. The backslash character  represents the root directory.
Directions:
1. Type: dir  and press return.
2. All the files in the root directory are listed.
Select the Directory List
To look for a specific filename extension, you can use the SELECTED DIRECTORY
command.
Directions:
1. Type: dir *.bat and press return.
2. Only the files with the .bat extensions are listed.
3. Press the F3 key.

                                 13
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                           SEC-7, DWARKA
                                                13
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
4. Backspace three times.
5. Type: sys and press return.
6. Now only the files with the .sys extensions are listed.
List Subdirectories
Directions:
1. Type: dir *. and press return.
2. All the subdirectories are listed.
NOTE: The backslash character  directs DOS to read from the root directory. The *.
Requests the listing of the subdirectories.
Delete a Single File
Periodically it is a good idea to delete files from the hard disk which are no longer needed
or used. DOS makes it easy to remove these files with the DELETE command, a.k.a.
DEL.
Directions:
1. Type: cd.. And press return.
2. The prompt shows you that you are back in the root directory.
3. Type: del sales.bob and press return.
4. Type: dir Sales.bob and press return.
5. Sales.bob is no longer listed because it has been deleted.
Delete a Group of Files
By using the wildcard character * you can delete a group of files from you hard drive.
Directions:
1. Type: del quick.* and press return.
2. Type: dir quick.* and press return.
3. All Quick files have been deleted.
Delete all Files in a Subdirectory
There are two rules you will need to follow before removing a subdirectory.
RULE 1: All files in the subdirectory must be deleted.
NOTE: Never type DEL *.* when you are in the root directory. It will destroy all
DOS files that are necessary to boot and operate the computer.
Directions:
1. Type: cd info and press return.
2. Type: dir and press return.
                                 14
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             14
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
3. Three files should be listed.
4. Type: del *.* and press return.
5. DOS will ask you if you are sure? (Y/N)
 6. Type: Y and press enter.
 Now that your subdirectory is empty, you can delete the subdirectory (see rule 2 below).
Remove a Subdirectory
RULE 2: You cannot be in the subdirectory that you wish to remove. You will need to
return to the root directory (C:> prompt).
 Directions:
 1. Type: cd.. and press return.
 2. You should be back in the root directory.
 3. Type: rd info and press return.
 4. Type: dir *. and press return.
 5. Notice that the Info subdirectory is no longer listed.
Format a Floppy Disk
Before you can use a disk, you must format it.
Directions:
1. At the C:> prompt type: format a:
2. The A drive will be the drive that you insert your disk into; hence, the a: after the
Format command and press return.
3. You will be prompted with the message: "Insert new diskette for drive A: and press
enter when ready."
4. Now insert the disk you wish to format and press return.
5. Once this formatting process is done, the following message will appear: "Format
Completed." Then you will be prompted for a volume label. Simply press return again.
6. Now you will be asked if you would like to format another disk (Y/N)? Press N.
NOTE: If you receive a message like: "Track 0 bad" or "Disk unusable," your disk may
be the wrong capacity. You can get help with this error message by typing:
Help Format.
Change the Default Drive
To change from your hard drive to a floppy drive, you will need to indicate this change as
follows:
Directions:
1. Put a floppy disk into drive A.
                                 15
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             15
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
2. Type: a: and press return.
3. Your prompt should change to A:>
4. Type: dir and press return.
5. You are now able to see all the files on the floppy.
6. To change back to your hard drive, you will need to reverse this procedure.
7. Type: c: and press return. Now your prompt should be C:>
Diskcopy Command
Sometimes there is a need to copy all the files on one floppy diskette to another floppy.
First you will need a blank formatted disk (refer to section on formatting disks.)
Directions:
 1. Type: diskcopy a: a: and press return.
 2. When asked to put in the source disk, put in the diskette that has the information you
want to copy into drive A and press return.
3. Wait a few seconds. When asked to insert a target disk, take out the diskette from drive
A and insert the blank floppy disk and press return.
4. Once this process is complete, you will be prompted to write to another duplicate
diskette (Y/N). Press N.
5. Then you will be prompted to copy another disk (Y/N)? Press N.
NOTE: If your machine has two floppy disk drives, insert the original (source) disk into
drive A and the blank (target) disk into drive B. Then type: DISKCOPY A: B:
Copying a File from the Hard Drive to a Floppy Disk
Sometimes there is a need to copy a file from the hard drive onto a floppy disk. This is
helpful if you would like to have an extra copy of a certain file as a backup or to transport
the copied file to another computer.
Directions:
1. Type: copy <insert filename here> a: and press return.
2. Wait for a few seconds; notice the red light on the floppy drive. Never attempt to
remove a disk from the disk drive while this red light is on.
3. To check to see if the file was copied, type a: at the C:> prompt and press return.
4. Type: dir and press return.
PC FIRMWARE-
The PC BIOS is as old as the PC itself, while the acronym BIOS is even older, dating
back to the CP/M operating system. BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) were one of the
three primary components of CP/M, the other two being BDOS (Basic Disk Operating
System) and CCP (Console Command Processor). Firmware may be defined as software
                                 16
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             16
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
residing in (or embedded in) hardware, such as some kind of a programmable read-only
memory. Thus, typical BIOS is also a firmware, but every firmware is not considered a
BIOS. We shall use the term BIOS for PC firmware. Here may be several pieces of
firmware in a computer system, including "really low-level" ones that execute before the
user-visible firmware. In a simplified view, we consider the firmware to be the one that is
user-visible. We can think of this firmware as sitting atop the hardware. Both the boot
loader and the operating system (for certain purposes, at least) interact with the firmware.




Unit-2

MICROSOFT-WORD

INTRODUCTION WORD PROCESSING

WORD PROCESSING -
                                 17
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            17
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Let us consider an office scene. Many letters are typed in the office. The officer dictates a
letter. The typist first types a draft copy of the letter. The officer goes through it to check
mistakes regarding spelling errors, missing words, etc. and suggests corrections. The
typist changes the letter as suggested by the officer. This is a simple example of word
processing. There are many software packages to do the job of word processing. Some of
them work in DOS environment. Examples are WordStar, Word Perfect and Professional
Write. But in these days working in WINDOWS is becoming more and more popular. So
let us consider software for word processing which works in WINDOWS. Our choice is
MS-WORD because it is the most popular software in these days. MS-WORD is a part of
the bigger package called MS OFFICE, which can do much more than word processing.
In fact when you open up MS OFFICE you will find four main components in it. They
are MS-WORD (for word processing), MS EXCEL (for spreadsheet), MS ACCESS (for
database management) and MS POWERPOINT (for presentation purposes). However,
we will limit ourselves to MS-WORD only in this lesson.

WHAT IS WORD-PROCESSING?

Word Processor is a Software package that enables you to create, edit, print and save
documents for future retrieval and reference. Creating a document involves typing by
using a keyboard and saving it. Editing a document involves correcting the spelling
mistakes, if any, deleting or moving words sentences or paragraphs.

(a) Advantages of Word Processing -

One of the main advantages of a word processor over a conventional typewriter is that a
word processor enables you to make changes to a document without retyping the entire
document.

(b) Features of Word Processing -

Most Word Processor available today allows more than just creating and editing
documents. They have wide range of other tools and functions, which are used in
formatting the documents. The following are the main features of a Word Processor

i) Text is typing into the computer, which allows alterations to be made easily.
ii) Words and sentences can be inserted, amended or deleted.
iii) Paragraphs or text can be copied /moved throughout the document.
iv) Margins and page length can be adjusted as desired.

v) Spelling can be checked and modified through the spell check facility.
vi) Multiple document/files can be merged.
vii) Multiple copies of letters can be generated with different addresses through

                                 18
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                              18
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
the mail-merge facility.

A word processor (more formally known as document preparation system) is a
computer application used for the production (including composition, editing, formatting,
and possibly printing) of any sort of printable material. Word processor may also refer to
an obsolete type of stand-alone office machine, popular in the 1970s and 80s, combining
the keyboard text-entry and printing functions of an electric typewriter with a dedicated
computer for the editing of text. Although features and design varied between
manufacturers and models, with new features added as technology advanced, word
processors for several years usually featured a monochrome display and the ability to
save documents on memory cards or diskettes. Later models introduced innovations such
as spell-checking programs, increased formatting options, and dot-matrix printing. As the
more versatile combination of a personal computer and separate printer became
commonplace, the word processor disappeared.
Word processors are descended from early text formatting tools (sometimes called text
justification tools, from their only real capability). Word processing was one of the
earliest applications for the personal computer in office productivity.
Although early word processors used tag-based markup for document formatting, most
modern word processors take advantage of a graphical user interface providing some
form of What You See Is What You Get editing. Most are powerful systems consisting of
one or more programs that can produce any arbitrary combination of images, graphics
and text, the latter handled with type-setting capability.
Microsoft Word is the most widely used computer word processing system; Microsoft
estimates over five hundred million people use the Office suite, which includes Word.
There are also many other commercial word processing applications, such as
WordPerfect, which dominated the market from the mid-1980s to early-1990s,
particularly for machines running Microsoft's MS-DOS operating system. Open-source
applications such as Abiword, KWord, LyX and OpenOffice.org Writer are rapidly
gaining in popularity.[citation needed] Online word processors such as Google Docs are a
relatively new category.
A spreadsheet is a computer application that simulates a paper worksheet. It displays
multiple cells that together make up a grid consisting of rows and columns, each cell
containing either alphanumeric text or numeric values. A spreadsheet cell may
alternatively contain a formula that defines how the contents of that cell is to be
calculated from the contents of any other cell (or combination of cells) each time any cell
is updated. Spreadsheets are frequently used for financial information because of their
ability to re-calculate the entire sheet automatically after a change to a single cell is made.

GETTING STARTED WITH MS-WORD

We have already told you that for working in Ms-Word you should be familiar with
                                 19
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                              19
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
WINDOWS. If you have not covered WINDOWS so far then read that first and then go
through MS-WORD. By now you must be aware of the fact that a software package is
improved from time to time. These improvements are sold in the market as new versions
of the same software. Thus you will find many versions of MS-WORD being used in
different offices. In this lesson we will cover the version MS-WORD 97, which is latest
in the market and contain many improvements over the older versions. However, you do
not have to worry if you have an older version such as WORD 6.0 or WORD 95. All the
commands available in these older versions are also available in WORD 97 and they are
compatible.
While working in MS-WORD you have to work with a mouse. Also one can work, to
some extent, through the keyboard. The use of mouse is simpler as it is fully menu
driven. In MS-WORD every command is available in the form of ‘icons’.
You can go inside MS-WORD by the following way
1. Take the mouse pointer to START button on the task bar. Click the left mouse button.
    The monitor will show like as follows:




                 START button         TASK BAR        click here clock

                                   Screen Layout




                                20
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          20
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Menus -
When you begin to explore Word 2000, you will notice a significant change in the menu
structure if you are familiar with previous versions of Word. The menus in Word 2000
display only the commands you have recently used. To view all options in each menu,
you must click the double arrows at the bottom of the menu. The images below show the
Format menu collapsed (left) and expanded (right) after the double arrows at the bottom
of the menu were clicked:




                                21
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          21
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Follow the steps below to display menus similar to previous versions of Word with all the
choices listed initially:

   1 Select View|Toolbars|Customize from the menu bar.
   2 Click on the Options tab.
   3 Uncheck the Menus show recently used commands first check box.




Shortcut Menus –
These features allow you to access various Word commands faster than using the options
on the menu bar. View shortcut menus by right-clicking with the mouse. The options on
this menu will vary depending on the element that was right-clicked. For example, the
shortcut menu below is produced by right-clicking on a bulleted list.




                                22
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           22
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Actions such as "Decrease Indent" and "Increase Indent" are only applicable to lists and
therefore only appear on the list shortcut menu. The shortcut menus are helpful because
they only display the options that can be applied to the item that was right-clicked and,
therefore, prevent searching through the many menu options.

Toolbars
Many toolbars displaying shortcut buttons are also available to make editing and
formatting quicker and easier. Select View|Toolbars from the menu bar to select the
toolbars. The toolbars that are already displayed on the screen are checked. Add a toolbar
simply by clicking on the name.




Customizing Toolbars
There may be certain actions on a toolbar that you do not use and there may also be
commands that you execute often but that are not located on any toolbar. Word toolbars
can be customized so these commands can be added and deleted.
Select View|Toolbars|Customize and click the Commands tab.




                                23
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           23
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   By highlighting the command categories in the Categories box, the choices will
      change in the Commands box to the right.
      • Select the command you would like to add to the toolbar by selecting it in the
          Commands box.
      • Drag the command with the mouse to the desired location on the toolbar and
          release the mouse button.
      • Remove a button from the toolbar by clicking and dragging the button off the
          toolbar

2. FILES
Creating and Opening Documents
There are several ways to create new documents, open existing documents, and save
documents in Word:
Create a New Document
   1 Click the New Document button on the menu bar.
   2 Choose File|New from the menu bar.
   3 Press CTRL+N (depress the CTRL key while pressing "N") on the keyboard.

Open an Existing Document
1Click the Open File button on the menu bar.
2Choose File|Open from the menu bar.
3Press CTRL+O on the keyboard.
4Each method will show the Open dialog box. Choose the file and click the Open button.




                                24
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                    SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          24
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Save a Document
   1 Click the Save button on the menu bar.
   2 Select File|Save from the menu bar.
   3 Press CTRL+S on the keyboard.

Renaming Documents
To rename a Word document while using the program, select File|Open and find the file
you want to rename. Right-click on the document name with the mouse and select
Rename from the shortcut menu. Type the new name for the file and press the ENTER
key.




Working on Multiple Documents -
Several documents can be opened simultaneously if you are typing or editing multiple

                                25
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                    SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         25
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
documents at once. All open documents are listed under the Window menu as shown
below. The current document has a checkmark beside the file name. Select another name
to view another open document or click the button on the Windows taskbar at the bottom
of the screen.




Close a Document
Close the current document by selecting File|Close or click the Close icon if it's visible
on the Standard Toolbar.

   TEXT

Typing and Inserting Text
To enter text, just start typing! The text will appear where the blinking cursor is located.
Move the cursor by using the arrow buttons on the keyboard or positioning the mouse
and clicking the left button. The keyboard shortcuts listed below are also helpful when
moving through the text of a document:




Selecting Text
To change any attributes of text it must be highlighted first. Select the text by dragging
the mouse over the desired text while keeping the left mouse button depressed, or hold
down the SHIFT key on the keyboard while using the arrow buttons to highlight the text.
The following table contains shortcuts for selecting a portion of the text:
                                            26
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                                (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            26
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Deselect the text by clicking anywhere outside of the selection on the page or press an
arrow key on the keyboard.

Deleting Text
Use the BACKSPACE and DELETE keys on the keyboard to delete text. Backspace
will delete text to the left of the cursor and Delete will erase text to the right. To delete a
large selection of text, highlight it using any of the methods outlined above and press the
DELETE key.
Formatting Text -
The formatting toolbar is the easiest way to change many attributes of text. If the toolbar
as shown below isn't displayed on the screen, select View|Toolbars and choose
Formatting.




    Style Menu - Styles are explained in detail later in this tutorial.
    Font Face - Click the arrowhead to the right of the font name box to view the list of
       fonts available. Scroll down to the font you want and select it by clicking on the
       name once with the mouse. A serif font (one with "feet" circled in the illustration
       below) is recommended for paragraphs of text that will be printed on paper as
       they are most readable. The following graphic demonstrates the difference
       between serif (Times New Roman on the left) and sans-serif ("no feet", Arial on
       the right) fonts.



    Font Size - Click on the white part of the font size box to enter a value for the font
                                             27
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                                 (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                         SEC-7, DWARKA
                                              27
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
          size or click the arrowhead to the right of the box to view a list of font sizes
          available. Select a size by clicking on it once. A font size of 10 or 12 is best for
          paragraphs of text.
   Font Style - Use these buttons to bold, italicize, and underline text.
   Alignment - Text can be aligned to the left, center, or right side of the page or it can
    be justified across the page.
    Numbered and Bulleted Lists - Lists are explained in detail later in this tutorial.
    Increase/Decrease Indent - Change the indentation of a paragraph in relation to the
          side of the page.
     Outside Border - Add a border around a text selection.
      Highlight Color - Use this option to change the color behind a text selection. The
          color shown on the button is the last color used. To select a different color, click
          the arrowhead next to the image on the button.
      Text Color - This option changes the color of the text. The color shown on the button
          is the last color chosen. Click the arrowhead next to the button image to select
          another color. The Font dialog box allows you to choose from a larger selection
          of formatting options. Select Format|Font from the menu bar to access the box




Format Painter
A handy feature for formatting text is the Format Painter located on the standard
toolbar. For example, if you have formatting a paragraph heading with a certain font face,
size, and style and you want to format another heading the same way, you do not need to
manually add each attribute to the new headline. Instead, use the Format Painter by
following these steps:

                                28
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             28
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

   •  Place the cursor within the text that contains the formatting you want to copy.
   •  Click the Format Painter button in the standard toolbar. Notice that your pointer
      now has a paintbrush beside it.
   • Highlight the text you want to add the same format to with the mouse and release
      the mouse button.
    To add the formatting to multiple selections of text, double-click the Format
    Painter button instead of clicking once. The format painter then stays active until
    you press the ESC key to turn it off.

Undo
Feel free to experiment with various text styles. You can always undo your last action by
clicking the Undo button on the standard toolbar or selecting Edit|Undo... from the menu
bar. Click the Redo button on the standard toolbar or select Edit|Redo... to erase the
undo action.

FORMATTING PARAGRAPHS

 Paragraph Attributes Format a paragraph by placing the cursor within the paragraph
               and selecting Format|Paragraph from the menu.bar




Moving (Cutting) Text
Highlight the text that will be moved and select Edit|Cut from the menu bar, click the
Cut button on the standard tool bar, or press CTRL+X at once. This will move the text to
a clipboard.
To move a small amount of text a short distance, the drag-and-drop method may be
quicker. Highlight the text you want to move, click the selection with the mouse, drag the
selection to the new location, and release the mouse button.
Copying Text
                                             29
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                               (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           29
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
To copy text, choose Edit|Copy, click the Copy button on the standard toolbar, or press
CTRL+C to copy the text to the clipboard.
Paste Text
To paste cut or copied text, move the cursor to the location you want to move the text to
and select Edit|Paste from the menu bar, click the Paste button on the standard toolbar,
or press CTRL+V.
The Clipboard
The last 12 elements that were cut or copied are placed onto Word's clipboard. You can
view the elements on the clipboard by selecting View|Toolbars|Clipboard from the
menu bar.




Place the mouse arrow over each element in the clipboard to view the contents of each
item and click on an element to add its contents to the document. Click Paste All to add
all of the items to the document at once. Click the Clear Clipboard button (the icon with
an "X" over the clipboard image) to clear the contents of the clipboard.




For more column options, select Format|Columns from the menu bar. The Columns
dialog box allows you to choose the properties of the columns. Select the number and
width of the columns from the dialog box.




                                30
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            30
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Drop Caps
A drop cap is a large letter that begins a paragraph and drops through several lines of text
as shown below.




Add a drop cap to a paragraph by following these steps:

   1 Place the cursor within the paragraph whose first letter will be dropped.
   2 Select Format Drop Cap from the menu bar.
   3 The Drop Cap dialog box allows you to select the position of the drop cap, the
       font, the number of lines to drop, and the distance from the body text.
   Click OK when all selections have been made.
   To modify a drop cap, select Format|Drop Cap again to change the attributes, or
       click on the letter and use the handles to move and resize the letter.


                                 31
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            31
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

SPELLING AND GRAMMAR
AutoCorrect
Word automatically corrects many commonly misspelled words and punctuation marks
with the AutoCorrect feature. To view the list of words that are automatically corrected,
select Tools Autocorrect. This may be a hidden feature so click the double arrows at the
bottom of the Tools menu listing if the AutoCorrect choice is not listed.




Many options including the accidental capitalization of the first two letters of a word and
capitalization of the first word of the sentence can be automatically corrected from this
page. If there are words you often misspell, enter the wrong and correct spellings in the
Replace and With fields.

Spelling and Grammar Check
Word will automatically check for spelling and grammar errors as you type unless you
turn this feature off. Spelling errors are noted in the document with a red underline.
Grammar errors are indicated by a green underline. To disable this feature, select
Tools|Options from the menu bar and click the Spelling and Grammar tab on the
dialog box. Uncheck "Check spelling as you type" and "Check grammar as you
type", and click OK.

To use the spelling and grammar checker, follow these steps:
                                 32
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            32
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

   •   Select Tools|Spelling and Grammar from the menu bar.
   •   The Spelling and Grammar dialog box will notify you of the first mistake in the
       document and misspelled words will be highlighted in red.




the word appears more than once in the document.
    • If the word is spelled incorrectly, choose one of the suggested spellings in the
       Suggestions box and click the Change button or Change All button to correct all
       occurrences of the word in the document. If the correct spelling is not suggested,
       enter the correct spelling in the Not In Dictionary box and click the Change
       button.

   •     If the word is spelled correctly and will appear in many documents you type
       (such as your name), click the Add button to add the word to the dictionary so it
       will no longer appear as a misspelled word.
   •    As long as the Check Grammar box is checked in the Spelling and Grammar
       dialog box, Word will check the grammar of the document in addition to the
       spelling. If you do not want the grammar checked, remove the checkmark from
       this box. Otherwise, follow these steps for correcting grammar:
   •   If Word finds a grammar mistake, it will be shown in the box as the spelling
       errors. The mistake is highlighted in green text.




                                33
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            33
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Several suggestions may be given in the Suggestions box. Select the correction that best
applies and click Change.

If no correction is needed (Word is often wrong more than it is right), click the Ignore
 button.

Synonyms
Word 2000 has a new feature for finding synonyms. Simply right-click on the word and
select Synonyms from the shortcut menu. From the list of suggested words, highlight the
word you would like to use or click Thesaurus... for more options.




Thesaurus
                                 34
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             34
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
To use the thesaurus, select Tools|Language|Thesaurus from the menu bar or select it
from the Synonyms shortcut menu as detailed above.




A list of meanings and synonyms are given on the windows. Double-click on the words
in the Meanings box or click the Look Up button to view similar words. Double-click
words in the Replace with Synonym box to view synonyms of those words. Highlight
the word you would like to add and click the Replace button.
STYLES
The use of styles in Word will allow you to quickly format a document with a consistent
and professional look. Paragraph and character styles can be saved for use in many
documents.




                                35
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          35
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


Applying a Style

   1 Place the cursor in the paragraph where the style will be applied.
   2 Click the Style drop-down menu on the Formatting toolbar and select a style by
     clicking on it.
   3 To apply the same style to multiple paragraphs, double click the Format Painter
     button on the standard toolbar and click in all the paragraphs that the style should
     be applied to. Press the ESC key to disable the Format Painter.

Apply a Style from the Style Dialog Box
Choose from a larger selection of styles from the Style dialog box.




   1    Click in the paragraph you want to add a style to.
   2    Select Format|Style... from the menu bar.
   3     From the List drop-down menu, choose All styles to view all the styles available.
   4   The styles are displayed in the Styles list. Preview each style by clicking once on
        the name. Paragraph styles are preceded by the paragraph symbol () and character
        styles are preceded by an "a" icon (). A pointer arrow is located next to the current
        style. Highlight the style you want to apply to the paragraph and click Apply.

Create a New Style from a Model
To create a style from text that is already formatted in a document, follow these steps:
   1 Place the cursor in the paragraph you would like to set as a new style.
   2 Click the Style box on the formatting toolbar so the style name is highlighted.
                                              36
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                                (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            36
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




                     2

Create a Simple Style from the Style Dialog Box

Select Format|Style... from the menu bar and click the New button on the Style dialog
    box to access the New Style dialog box.




       •    Type the name for the new style in the Name field.
       •    Select "Paragraph" or "Character" from the Style type drop-down menu.
       •    Click the Format button at the bottom of the window and choose the
             paragraph element that will be formatted for the style. Continue to make
             changes from the options from the Format button menu, making changes to
             the dialog boxes for each element you choose.


                                   37
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           37
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

       •  Click OK to set the style and close the New Style dialog box.
       •  Click Apply on the Style dialog box to apply the new style to the current
          paragraph.
Modify or Rename a Style
  • An existing style can be changed from the Style dialog box.
  • Select Format|Style... from the menu bar.
  • Highlight the style from the Styles list that you want to modify and click the
      Modify button.




Delete a Style
Preset styles created by Word cannot be deleted, but to delete a style you have made,
follow these steps:
    1 Select Format|Style... from the menu bar
    2 Highlight the style from the Styles list that you want to delete.
    3 Click the Delete button.
    4 You will be asked if you really want to delete the style. Click Yes.
    5  Click Close on the dialog box.

LISTS
To create a bulleted or numbered list, use the list features provided by Word.
Bulleted and Numbered Lists
1Click the Bulleted List button or Numbered List button on the formatting toolbar.
2 Type the first entry and press ENTER. This will create a new bullet or number on the
next line. If you want to start a new line without adding another bullet or number, hold
                                   38
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            38
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
down the SHIFT key while pressing ENTER.
3 Continue to typing entries and press ENTER twice when you are finished typing to end
the list.
4 Use the Increase Indent and Decrease Indent buttons on the formatting toolbar to create
lists of multiple levels.
NOTE: You can also type the text first, highlight the section, and press the Bulleted List
or Numbered List buttons to add the bullets or numbers.
 Nested Lists
  To create a nested list, such as a numbered list inside of a bulleted list, follow these
steps:
4Type the list and increase the indentation of the items that will make up the nested list
by clicking the Increase Indent button for each item.




Formatting Lists
The bullet image and numbering format can be changed by using the Bullets and
Numbering dialog box.
5Highlight the entire list to change all the bullets or numbers, or Place the cursor on one
line within the list to change a single bullet.
6Access the dialog box by selecting Format|Bullets and Numbering from the menu bar
or by right-clicking within the list and selecting Bullets and Numbering from the
    shortcut menu.




                                 39
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            39
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   •   Select the list style from one of the seven choices given, or click the Picture...
        button to choose a different icon. Click the Numbered tab to choose a numbered
        list style.
   •   Click OK when finished.

GRAPHICS
Adding Clip Art
To add a clip art image from the Microsoft library to a document, follow these steps:

   Select Insert|Picture|Clip Art from the menu bar.




1To find an image, click in the white box following Search for clips. Delete the words
"Type one or more words. . ." and enter keywords describing the image you want to use. -
OR - Click one of the category icons.

                                40
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           40
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

1Click once on the image you want to add to the document and the following popup
menu will appear:




1Insert Clip to add the image to the document.

1Preview Clip to view the image full-size before adding it to the document. Drag the
bottom, right corner of the preview window to resize the image and click the

2"x" close button to end the preview




Add Clip to Favorites will add the selected image to your favorites directory that can be
chosen from the Insert ClipArt dialog box.

1Find Similar Clips will retrieve images similar to the one you have chosen.

1 Continue selecting images to add to the document and click the Close button in the top,
right corner of the Insert ClipArt window to stop adding clip art to the document.
                                41
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            41
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
2Add An Image from a File
3Follow these steps to add a photo or graphic from an existing file:
4 Select Insert|Picture|From File on the menu bar.
5 Click the down arrow button on the right of the Look in: window to find the image on
your computer.
6 Highlight the file name from the list and click the Insert button




Editing A Graphic
Activate the image you wish to edit by clicking on it once with the mouse. Nine handles
will appear around the graphic. Click and drag these handles to resize the image. The
handles on the corners will resize proportionally while the handles on the straight lines
will stretch the image. More picture effects can be changed using the Picture toolbar. The
Picture toolbar should appear when you click on the image. Otherwise, select
View|Toolbars|Picture from the menu bar to activate it.




Insert Picture will display the image selection window and allows you to change the
                                             42
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                               (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           42
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
image.
1 Image Control allows to to make the image grayscale, black and white, or a watermark.
2More/Less Contrast modifies the contrast between the colors of the image.
3 More/Less Brightness will darken or brighten the image.
4Click Crop and drag the handles on the activated image to delete outer portions of the
image.
5 Line Style will add a variety of borders to the graphic.
6Text wrapping will modify the way the document text wraps around the graphic.
7Format Picture displays all the image properties in a separate window.
8 Reset Picture will delete all the modifications made to the image.
9Auto Shapes
10The AutoShapes toolbar will allow you to draw many different geometrical shapes,
arrows, flow chart symbols, stars, and banners on the document. Activate the AutoShapes
toolbar by selecting Insert|Picture|AutoShapes or View|Toolbars|AutoShapes from the
menu bar, or clicking the AutoShapes button on the Drawing toolbar. Click each button
on the toolbar to view the options for drawing the shape.




   Lines - After clicking the Lines button on the AutoShapes toolbar, draw a straight
      line, arrow, or double-ended arrow from the first row of options by clicking the
      respective button. Click in the document where you would like the line to begin
      and click again where it should end. To draw a curved line or freeform shape,
      select curved lines from the menu (first and second buttons of second row), click
      in the document where the line should appear, and click the mouse every time a
      curve should begin. End creating the graphic by clicking on the starting end or
      pressing the ESC key. To scribble, click the last button in the second row, click
      the mouse in the document and hold down the left button while you draw the
      design. Let go of the mouse button to stop drawing.

   Basic Shapes - Click the Basic Shapes button on the AutoShapes toolbar to select
       from many two- and three-dimensional shapes, icons, braces, and brackets.
       Use the drag-and-drop method to draw the shape in the document. When the
       shape has been made, it can be resized using the open box handles and other

                                43
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          43
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
       adjustments specific to each shape can be modified using the yellow diamond
       handles.




Block Arrows - Select Block Arrows to choose from many types of two- and three-
dimensional arrows. Drag-and-drop the arrow in the document and use the open box and
yellow diamond handles to adjust the arrowheads. Each AutoShape can also be rotated by
first clicking the Free Rotate button on the drawing toolbar . Click and drag the green
handles around the image to rotate it. The tree image below was created from an arrow
rotated 90 degrees.




Flow Chart - Choose from the flow chart menu to add flow chart elements to the
document and use the line menu to draw connections between the elements.

1Stars and Banners - Click the button to select stars, bursts, banners, and scrolls.
2Call Outs - Select from the speech and thought bubbles, and line call outs. Enter the call
out text in the text box that is made.
3More AutoShapes - Click this button to choose from a list of clip art categories.
4 Each of the submenus on the AutoShapes toolbar can become a separate toolbar. Just
  click and drag the gray bar across the top of the submenus off of the toolbar and it will
  become a separate floating toolbar.




                                44
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            44
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




PAGE FORMATTING

Page Margins
The page margins of the document can be changed using the rulers on the page and the
Page Setup window. The ruler method is discussed first:
Move the mouse over the area where the white ruler changes to gray.




When the cursor becomes a double-ended arrow, click with the mouse and drag the
margin indicator to the desired location.

1Release the mouse when the margin is set.
2The margins can also be changed using the Page Setup dialog box:
3Select File|Page Setup and choose the Margins tab in the dialog box.




                                45
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           45
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Enter margin values in the Top, Bottom, Left, and Right boxes. The Preview window will
reflect the changes.
1If the document has Headers and/or Footers, the distance this text appears from the edge
of the page can be changed.
2 Click OK when finished.

Page Size and Orientation

1Change the orientation page within the Page Setup dialog box.
2Select File|Page Setup and choose the Paper Size tab.




                                46
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           46
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)



Select the proper paper size from the drop-down menu.

Change the orientation from Portrait or Landscape by checking the corresponding radio
button.

Headers and Footers

A header is text that is added to the top margin of every page such as a document title or
page number and footer is text added to the bottom margin. Follow these steps to add or
edit headers and footers in the document:


Select View|Header and Footer from the menu bar. The Header and Footer toolbar will
appear and the top of the page will be highlighted as shown below.




   1 Type the heading in the Header box. You may use many of the standard text
     formatting options such as font face, size, bold, italics, etc.

   1 Click the Insert AutoText button to view a list of quick options available.

   2 Use the other options on the toolbar to add page numbers, the current date and
      time.


                                47
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           47
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
   3 To edit the footer; click the Switch between Header and Footer button on the
      toolbar.

   4 When you are finished adding headers and footers, click the Close button on the
      toolbar.
Page Numbers

Follow these instructions for another way to add page numbers to a document.
    Select Insert|Page Numbers from the menu bar and the following dialog box will
       appear.




Select the position of the page numbers by choosing "Top of page" or "Bottom of page"
from the Position drop-down menu.

1 Select the alignment of the page numbers in the Alignment drop-down menu.
2 If you do not want the page number to show on the first page (if it is a title page, for
example), uncheck the Show number of first page box.
3 Click OK when finished.

Print Preview and Printing

Preview your document by clicking the Print Preview button on the standard toolbar or
by selecting File|Print Preview. When the document is ready to print, click the Print
button from the Print Preview screen or select File Print.

TABLES

Tables are used to display data and there are several ways to build them in Word. Begin
by placing the cursor where you want the table to appear in the document and choose one
of the following methods.
Insert a Table
There are two ways to add a table to the document using the Insert feature:
                                            48
          EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                               (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           48
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
1Click the Insert Table button on the standard toolbar. Drag the mouse along the grid,
highlighting the number of rows and columns for the table.




Or, select Table|Insert|Table from the menu bar. Select the number of rows and columns
for the table and click OK.




                                49
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                    SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         49
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)



Draw the Table
A table can also be drawn onto the document:

1Draw the table by selecting Table|Draw Table from the menu bar. The cursor is now the
image of a pencil and the Tables and Borders toolbar has appeared.




2Button and drag the mouse over the area to be deleted.
3 To draw more cells, click on the Draw Table button.



Inserting Rows and Columns

Once the table is drawn, insert additional rows by placing the cursor in the row you want
to be adjacent to. Select Table|Insert|Rows Above or Rows Below. Or, select an entire
row and right-click with the mouse. Choose Insert Rows from the shortcut menu. Much
like inserting a row, add a new column by placing the cursor in a cell adjacent to where
the new column will be added. Select Table|Insert|Columns to the Left or Columns to the
Right. Or, select the column, right-click with the mouse, and select Insert Columns.




Moving and Resizing a Table

A four-sided moving arrow and open box resizing handle will appear on the corners of
the table if the mouse is placed over the table. Click and drag the four-ended arrow to
move the table and release the mouse button when the table is positioned where you want
it. Click and drag the open box handle to resize the table. Change the column widths and
row heights by clicking the cell dividers and dragging them with the mouse.




                                50
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           50
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Tables and Borders Toolbar

The Tables and Borders toolbar allows you to add border styles, shading, text effects,
alignment, and more options to your table. Access the toolbar by clicking Table|Draw
Table or View|Toolbars|Tables and Borders.




You will need to highlight the cells of the table you want to format. Click and drag the
mouse over the cells, or use the following shortcuts:




Table Properties
                                51
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          51
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Use the Table Properties dialog box to modify the alignment of the table with the body
text and the text within the table. Access the box by selecting Tables|Table Properties




Size - Check the Preferred width box and enter a value if the table should be an exact
width.

Alignment - Highlight the illustration that represents the alignment of the table in
relation to the text of the document.

Text wrapping - Highlight "None" if the table should appear on a separate line from
the text or choose "Around" if the text should wrap around the table.


   Borders and Shading –

   Select from a number of border styles, colors, and widths. Click the Shading tab to
                                52
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          52
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
   change the background color and pattern.




Options - Click the Options button on the Table Properties window. To change the
spacing between the document text and the table borders under Default cell margins.
Check the Allow spacing between cells box and enter a value to add space between the
table cells.




                                53
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                    SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         53
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Word will automatically create a Table of Contents page if a document is designed using
Heading and Paragraph styles (see the Styles section). Follow the steps on this page to
create a Table of Contents.
Mark Table of Contents Entries

   1 Highlight a heading that you would like to appear in the Table of Contents (TOC).

   1 Press ALT+SHIFT+O and the Mark Table of Contents Entry box will appear.




Entry - Rename the entry if you would like a different heading to appear in the TOC.

   7 Table identifier - Select "C".

   8 Level - Choose "1" for first-level heading, "2" for second-level heading, etc.

   9 Click the Mark button.

   10 The document will be toggled to "reveal codes" view and notice the TOC field
      code. To hide all codes click the Show/Hide codes button on the standard toolbar.

   11 Select another heading to add to the TOC, or click the Close button on the Mark
      Table of Contents Entry dialog box.
   12 Generate a Table of Contents
   13 After you have marked all the headings for your TOC, follow these steps to
      generate the Table of Contents.

   14 Place the cursor where you would like the TOC to appear in the document.

                                54
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           54
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
    15 Select Insert|Index and Tables from the menu bar.






Customize the appearance of the TOC from the Table of Contents tab. You may choose a
preset design from the Formats drop-down menu. A preview of each design will be
shown in the Print Preview window.

    1 Check the Show page numbers box if you would like page numbers to show on
      the TOC. Check the Right align page numbers box if the page numbers should
      appear on the right side, then select the Tab leader between the heading and the
      page number. Uncheck the box if the page numbers should appear right next to
      the heading.

    2 Click OK.



MACROS

Macros are advanced features that can speed up editing or formatting you may perform
often in a Word document. They record sequences of menu selections that you choose so
that a series of actions can be completed in one step.
Recording A Macro
To record a macro, follow these steps:

                                 55
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           55
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Click Tools|Macro|Record New Macro on the menu bar.




Name the macro in the Macro name field. This name cannot contain spaces and or begin
with a number.

   1 From the Store macro in drop-down box, select the document you would like the
     macro to be associated with or choose "All Documents" be able to use the macro
     in any document.

   2    Enter a description of the macro in the Description field. This is for your
       reference only so you remember what the macro does.

   3    Click OK to begin recording.

   4    Select options from the drop-down menus and Word will record the options you
       choose from the dialog boxes, such as changing the margins on the Page Setup
       window. Select only options that modify the document. Word will not record
       toggle actions such as View|Toolbars that have no effect on the document itself.

   5 The recording toolbar will allow you to stop, pause, and resume recording.




Click the Stop button the recording toolbar. The macro is now saved.

                                56
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            56
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


Running A Macro

To run an existing macro, follow these steps.

       1 Select Tools|Macro|Macros from the menu bar.

       2 From the Macros window, highlight the Macro name in the list and click
         Run.




If the macro is long and you want to stop it while it is running, press BREAK (hold
CTRL and press PAUSE).



Mail Merge

Creating the Data Source for Merges

Description

This lesson begins with a brief discussion of why you would want to use the mail merge
feature in Microsoft Word 2000. However, the bulk of the lesson addresses creating the
data source document, entering information using the "Data Form" dialog box, how to
                                            57
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                               (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           57
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
locate records to edit and delete them, and how to sort information in the data source.
You will also look briefly at working with the data in the main document window as a
table.
Why Use the Mail Merge Feature
If you need to send similar (or identical) letters to a group of people, or need to create a
list of people who will receive a newsletter or flier, you will probably want to use the
mail merge feature. You might be sending out thank you letters for people who helped
with a workshop or meeting; composing "rejection" letters at the end of a search process;
creating a file of people who will receive monthly mailings during the course of a project;
or printing name tags for a conference.
Basically, to merge you need to create a data source document and a related form, called
the mail merge main document. The main document can be a letter, envelope, mailing
label, or another type of document which references the data source. The last step is to
combine or merge these two documents into a new document. Even if you are sending a
similar letter to a unique list of people who you will not need to contact again, it is faster
to use the mail merge feature. The alternative—to write one letter, print it, change the
address, print the second letter, and so forth—is a rather time consuming task. Also, most
offices and professionals have a clientele list that is used many times throughout the year,
or from one year to the next. This certainly is a job for the mail merge feature.

Comments on the Information Used in a Data Source File

The information used in a merge—the names and addresses used to produce the form
letter or the mailing labels—is stored in a document called the data source. The term data
source comes from database type of software, like dBase, Access, or Paradox. Data
means information. The data source is made up of records—a group of related
information like information about one person. Each record, in turn, is made up of fields,
like a person's name, address, and phone number.
The first row in a data source is called the header row. The header row is made up of a
list of field names. Word provides a list of commonly used field names; you can add or
remove names from that list to develop the header row for your data source.

For most of the exercises in this three-part workshop, we will tell you what fields and
field names to use, so everyone will be working with the same data source. This is the
data source structure you will use with this lesson series:

FirstName                                           First and last names must be separate so you
                                                   can sort by last name and use the first name by
                                                   itself in the salutation.
LastName
Company                                            This field can be blank.
Address1                                           Mailing address.
City
                                 58
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             58
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
State                                            We will be using the two letter state
                                                abbreviation.
PostalCode                                       This could be a 5 digit zip code, but where
                                                possible, start collecting the zip+4 codes in your
                                                own files. At some point you may be required by
                                                the United States Postal Service to use the zip+4
                                                on your mailings.
WorkPhone
Subject                                          This will be a field in which you enter a
                                                'keyword," appropriate to your area of work.
                                                With this field you can store all the contacts in
                                                one file, since sometimes you mail to everyone,
                                                but other times target those people who might be
                                                interested in a special topic.


To create the data source, click on the [Create] button. A drop-down list appears with four
options: Form Letters, Mailing Labels, Envelopes and Catalog.

4. Select the type of main document you eventually intend to create. You may change your
selection later if you plan to use the data source for more than one type of merged document.

5. Select [Active Window] to use the current screen.




                                59
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           59
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Create The Data Source

The next step is to identify or create the data source. Click on the [Get Data] button in the Mail
Merge Helper and, for now, choose Create Data Source. If you already have a data source, you
can open it, or you can use data from address book entries (ex. Outlook).
In the "Create Data Source" dialog box, the "Field Names in Header Row" window lists
commonly used field names. Remember, each field is a category of information. If you do not
want to use the default field names, you may either delete listed fields or add new ones.
To remove a field from the given listing, highlight the field name and click on [Remove Field
Name].
To add a field not in the default listing, type the new field name in the "Field Name" window and
click on [Add Field Name]. Field names must be one word. When you add a new field name it is
placed at the end of the list. To reposition it in the list, highlight the field name, then click the up
and down arrows you see at the right of the field names list.


 Exercise 1

 Click the [New] button on the standard toolbar or select FILE, New and choose Blank
 Document to get a new document window. Select TOOLS, Mail Merge, and click once on
 the [Create] button. Choose Form Letters from the drop-down list and click on [Active
 Window] to work with the existing blank screen. Now click on [Get Data] and choose
 Create Data Source.
 The "Create Data Source" dialog box appears. Add and remove fields from the field name
 list provided so that your list contains only the following field names. For example, the
 first listed field is "Title." Highlight that in the list of fields, and then click [Remove Field].
 Go down to "JobTitle" and highlight that field, and again click [Remove Field]. Continue
 deleting until you have this listing:
 FirstName
 LastName
 Company
 Address1
 City
 State
 PostalCode
 WorkPhone
 Subject




                                 60
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                         SEC-7, DWARKA
                                               60
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

To add the last field, type in the field name in the "Field Name" window and then click on
[Add Field Name]. NOTE: Field names must be less than 40 characters, cannot contain
spaces or begin with a number. No two fields may have the same name nor may they
contain characters that you cannot put in a filename, such as periods, commas, slashes,
backslashes or colons. If you enter an invalid character, the [Add Field Name] button will
remain inoperable until the error is corrected.
Click on the [OK] button. The "Save As" dialog box immediately appears. Name the file
"2001 contacts" and click [Save]. This file will be saved with the default extension ".doc."
The default folder that will be used is My Documents. It is okay to use this folder or place
your files in any folder area of your choice.
The next screen gives you the option of entering data or working on the main document
form. Click on [Edit Data Source] so that you can view the "Data Form" dialog box while
you read the next section.




                                 61
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            61
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Using the Data Entry Form
Immediately after you save the header list you prepared in the "Create Data Source" dialog box,
you may choose [Edit Data Source] to enter data. The "Data Form" dialog box that opens is
essentially an attempt to make your word processor look more like a database program. Using
this data entry form, it is easy to remember what data goes where.
You will see the field names at the left of the window. Type in each piece of data in the
appropriate window. You can press <Enter> or <Tab> to go to the next field. If you make a
mistake, use your normal keystrokes to correct it, or drag the field with the mouse to select it, and
type over the incorrect data.
If you press <Enter> after typing the information for the last field in one record, a blank data
entry form appears. You can also click on the [Add New] button to go to a blank form.
The United States Post Office (USPS) is getting increasingly fussy about how addresses are
displayed on envelopes and mailing labels, because of automatic scanners. For example, they do
not want any punctuation marks and they want all uppercase letters. However, since we want to
create a letter as one of the forms, we cannot capitalize all letters as we type. In Lesson 2, you
will learn an easy way to capitalize all letters on envelopes and labels. We are using USPS
approved abbreviations for street designators; a complete list of these will be posted separately.

Exercise 2
Using the "Data Form" dialog box, type in these records. If you press <Enter> to go from field to
field, Word will go to a new form screen after the last field.
Record 1
FirstName Mary
LastName Peterson
Company Kodak Fruit and Vegetables
Address1 715 N Park Ave
City Tucson
State AZ
PostalCode 85719-5037




                                 62
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             62
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Saving the Data File
When you are through entering data, click on the [OK] button in the "Data Form" dialog box.
The insertion point will be blinking on the blank screen of the mail merge main document. You
can verify this if you look at the filename on the title bar. Since we haven't done anything with
this document yet, it will have the name Document1 (or some other number) if you were working
in Word before starting this lesson.
The data source document you created has not been closed and saved, even though you don't see
it on screen at the moment. The file you saved earlier contained field names only-no data!
Remember to save the file often while you are entering data so that the new records are saved. To
save both the main document AND the data source now, hold down the <Shift> key, click on
FILE, Save All.
The first message from Word is: "Documentx is a mail merge main document that is attached to
a data source 2001 contacts.doc that has not been saved. Do you want to save 2001
contacts.doc?"




Click[Yes].Next,the"SaveAs"dialogboxopens,askingforanameforthemaindocument.Ifyou


                               63
       EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          63
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
had already created a main document yet, you could click [Cancel]. If you had already created the
main document, you would name the file and click [Save].
Exercise 3
Click on the [OK] button in the "Data Form" dialog box. Now hold down the <Shift> key and
choose FILE, Save All and click [Yes] when Word asks you if you want to save "2001
contacts.doc." Next click [Cancel] to avoid saving the empty mail merge main document at this
time.
If you had closed the file instead of choosing FILE, Save All, you would have seen the same
question about saving the file and should have completed the same steps.

Editing the Data File

After the data is saved, the insertion point will be blinking on the blank mail merge main
document screen. You will see the mail merge toolbar above the document area. You can quickly
return to edit the data source document by clicking on the [Edit Data Source] button
     Near the far right of that bar.




                               64
       EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            64
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


Unit-3
Excel
INTRODUCTION TO MS-EXCEL




Microsoft Excel is a member of the spreadsheet family of software. Spreadsheet
software is used to store information in columns and rows, which can then be organized
and/or processed. Spreadsheets are designed to work well with numbers but often include
text. Sometimes text in a spreadsheet is called a label, because it is labeling columns and
rows of numbers. Numbers are called values sometimes, and can include numbers for
counts or measurements, dates, times, and calculations from numbers. Spreadsheets can
help organize information, like alphabetizing a list of names or other text or reordering

Calculating, such as totaling a column of numbers or generating a more sophisticated
formula to calculate some statistical measure on a list of numbers.
Spreadsheets and databases are in competition and have similar features. Yet the way
they work in the background is different. When you work in a spreadsheet, you view the
data you are entering as a section. In a database, you only see the data you are entering--
you have to request a report or different display to see more of the information. Other
differences are: (1) databases are more
often used for applications with long textual entries, (2) very large applications
(thousands of entries) are more often handled in databases; and (3) spreadsheets are
easier to learn to use and get calculations from than a database program. This latter
                                65
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            65
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
reason is why many researchers and students prefer spreadsheets for keeping track of
their data over databases.
It is impossible to give a complete listing of applications that can be done in spreadsheets,
but they include budgeting displays, checkbook registers, enrollment records, inventories,
coded surveys, field and laboratory research data, and financial and accounting
applications.
The capacities of Excel are as follows. You can have 256 columns of information. You
can have up to 16,384 rows. That comes out to over 4,194,000,000 cells of information
and that's only on the first sheet!!! You can have 16 sheets of information in one
workbook, and the number of sheets can be increased, if needed. Excel refers to each file
as a workbook, because there can be multiple sheets (pages) in one file.
You will want to load Excel at this time to continue this first lesson. Double-click on the
Excel icon to start the program.

 Spreadsheet Basic
Excel allows you to create spreadsheets much like paper ledgers that can perform
automatic calculations. Each Excel file is a workbook that can hold many worksheets.
The worksheet is a grid of columns (designated by letters) and rows (designated by
numbers). The letters and numbers of the columns and rows (called labels) are displayed
in gray buttons across the top and left side of the worksheet. The intersection of a column
and a row is called a cell. Each cell on the spreadsheet has a cell address that is the
column letter and the row number. Cells can contain either text, numbers, or
mathematical formulas.




Microsoft Excel 2000 Screen Elements




                                 66
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             66
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Adding and Renaming Worksheets

The worksheets in a workbook are accessible by clicking the worksheet tabs just above
the status bar. By default, three worksheets are included in each workbook. To add a
sheet, select Insert|Worksheet from the menu bar. To rename the worksheet tab, right-
                                             67
          EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                              (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          67
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
click on the tab with the mouse and select Rename from the shortcut menu. Type the
new name and press the ENTER key.
The Standard Toolbar
This toolbar is located just below the menu bar at the top of the screen and allows you to
quickly access basic Excel commands.




New - Select File|New from the menu bar, press CTRL+N, or click the New button to
create a new workbook.
Open - Click File|Open from the menu bar, press CTRL+O, or click the Open folder
button to open an existing workbook.
Save - The first time you save a workbook, select File|Save As and name the file. After
the file is named click File|Save, CTRL+S, or the Save button on the standard toolbar.
Print - Click the Print button to print the worksheet.
Print Preview - This feature will allow you to preview the worksheet before it prints.
Spell Check - Use the spell checker to correct spelling errors on the worksheet.
Cut, Copy, Paste, and Format Painter - These actions are explained in the Modifying
A Worksheet section.
Undo and Redo - Click the backward Undo arrow to cancel the last action you
performed, whether it be entering data into a cell, formatting a cell, entering a function,
etc. Click the forward Redo arrow to cancel the undo action.
Insert Hyperlink - To insert a hyperlink to a web site on the Internet, type the text into a
cell you want to be the link that can be clicked with the




                                 68
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             68
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
mouse. Then, click the Insert Hyperlink button and enter the web address you want the
text to link to and click OK.
Autosum, Function Wizard, and Sorting - These features are discussed in detail in the
Functions tutorial.
Zoom - To change the size that the worksheet appears on the screen, choose a different
percentage from the Zoom menu.


                             Customizing Excel
Menus
Unlike previous versions of Excel, the menus in Excel 2000 initially list only the
commands you have recently used. To view all options in each menu, click the double
arrows at the bottom of the menu. If you would like to revert to the way older versions of
Excel displayed menu options, follow these steps:

   •   Select View|Toolbars|Customize from the menu bar.
   •   Click on the Options tab.
   •   Uncheck the Menus show recently used commands first check box.




Toolbars
                                69
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            69
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Many toolbars displaying shortcut buttons are available. Select View|Toolbars from the
menu bar to select more toolbars.
Customize Toolbars
Customizing toolbars allows you to delete certain shortcut buttons from a toolbar if you
do not use them and add the shortcut buttons for commands you use often.
Select View|Toolbars|Customize and select the Commands tab.




By clicking on the command categories in the Categories box, the commands will change
in the Commands box to the right.

Select the command you would like to add to the toolbar by selecting it from the
 Commands box.

Drag the command with the mouse to the desired location on the toolbar and release the
 mouse button. The shortcut button should now appear on the toolbar.

Remove buttons from the toolbars by reversing these steps. Highlight the button on the
 toolbar, drag it off the toolbar with the mouse, and release the mouse button.
 Recording A Macro Macros can speed up any common editing sequence you may
 execute in an Excel spreadsheet. In this example we will make a simple macro that will
 set all the margins on the page to one inch.
 Click Tools|Macro|Record New Macro from the menu bar.



                                70
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            70
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




  •   must not begin with a number.

  •   If you would like to assign a shortcut key to the macro for easy use, enter the
      letter under Shortcut key. Enter a lower case letter to make a CTRL+number
      shortcut and enter an upper case letter to assign a CTRL+SHIFT+number shortcut
      key. If you select a shortcut key that Excel already uses, your macro will
      overwrite that function.

  •   Select an option from the Store macro in drop-down menu.

  •   Enter a description of the macro in the Description field. This is for your
      reference only so you remember what the macro does.

  •   Click OK when you are ready to start recording.

  •   Select options from the drop down menus and Excel will record the options you
      choose from the dialog boxes, such as changing the margins on the Page Setup
      window. Select File|Page Setup and change all the margins to 1". Press OK.
      Replace this step with whatever commands you want your macro to execute.
      Select only options that modify the worksheet. Toggle actions such as
      View|Toolbars that have no effect on the worksheet will not be recorded.


  •

  •   Click the Stop button the recording toolbar. The macro is now saved.

Running A Macro

  To run a macro you have created, select Tools|Macro|Macros from the menu bar.
                               71
       EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           71
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

   From the Macros window, highlight the Macro name in the list and click Run.




If the macro is long and you want to stop it while it is running, press BREAK (hold
CTRL and press PAUSE).




Modifying a Spread Sheet
Moving Through Cells
Use the mouse to select a cell you want to begin adding data to and use the keyboard
strokes listed in the table below to move through the cells of a worksheet.


 Movement                                Key stroke
 One cell up                             up arrow key
 One cell down                           down arrow key or ENTER
 One cell left                           left arrow key
 One cell right                          right arrow key or TAB
                                72
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           72
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

 Top of the worksheet (cell A1)           CTRL+HOME
 End of the worksheet (last cell
                                          CTRL+END
 containing data)
 End of the row                           CTRL+right arrow key
 End of the column                        CTRL+down arrow key
 Any cell                                 File|Go To menu bar command



Adding Worksheets, Rows, and Columns

   Worksheets - Add a worksheet to a workbook by selecting Insert|Worksheet from
      the menu bar.

   Row - To add a row to a worksheet, select Insert|Rows from the menu bar, or
      highlight the row by clicking on the row label, right-click with the mouse, and
      choose Insert.

   Column - Add a column by selecting Insert|Columns from the menu bar, or
      highlight the column by click on the column label, right-click with the mouse, and
      choose Insert.

Resizing Rows and Columns
There are two ways to resize rows and columns.

   Resize a row by dragging the line below the label of the row you would like to
      resize. Resize a column in a similar manner by dragging the line to the right of
      the label corresponding to the column you want to resize. - OR -

   Click the row or column label and select Format|Row|Height or
      Format|Column|Width from the menu bar to enter a numerical value for the
      height of the row or width of the column.

Selecting Cells
Before a cell can be modified or formatted, it must first be selected (highlighted). Refer
to the table below for selecting groups of cells.
  Cells to select                            Mouse action
  One cell                                   click once in the cell
  Entire row                                 click the row label
  Entire column                              click the column label
 Entire worksheet                            click the whole sheet button

                                 73
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             73
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                           drag mouse over the cells or hold
 Cluster of cells                          down the SHIFT key while using
                                           the arrow keys


To activate the contents of a cell, double-click on the cell or click once and press F2.
Moving and Copying Cells
Moving Cells To cut cell contents that will be moved to another cell select Edit|Cut
from the menu bar or click the Cut button on the standard toolbar.
Copying Cells To copy the cell contents, select Edit|Copy from the menu bar or click
the Copy button on the standard toolbar.
Pasting Cut and Copied Cells Highlight the cell you want to paste the cut or copied
content into and select Edit|Paste from the menu bar or click the Paste button on the
standard toolbar.
Drag and Drop If you are moving the cell contents only a short distance, the drag-and-
drop method may be easier. Simply drag the highlighted border of the selected cell to the
destination cell with the mouse.
Freeze Panes
If you have a large worksheet with column and row headings, those headings will
disappear as the worksheet is scrolled. By using the Freeze Panes feature, the headings
can be visible at all times.

   Click the label of the row below the row that should remain frozen at the top of the
      worksheet.
   Select Window|Freeze Panes from the menu bar.
   To remove the frozen panes, select Window|Unfreeze Panes.




                                74
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           74
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
   Freeze panes has been added to row 1 in the image above. Notice that the row
      numbers skip from 1 to 6. As the worksheet is scrolled, row 1 will remain
      stationary while the remaining rows will move.

4. Formatting cells




                                75
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                 SEC-7, DWARKA
                                      75
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Formatting Toolbar
The contents of a highlighted cell can be formatted in many ways. Font and cell attributes
can be added from shortcut buttons on the formatting bar. If this toolbar is not already
visible on the screen, select View|Toolbars|Formatting from the menu bar.




Format Cells Dialog Box
For a complete list of formatting options, right-click on the highlighted cells and choose
Format Cells from the shortcut menu or select Format|Cells from the menu bar.




   Number tab - The data type can be selected from the options on this tab. Select
     General if the cell contains text and number, or another numerical category if the
     cell is a number that will be included in functions or formulas.

   Alignment tab - These options allow you to change the position and alignment of
      the data with the cell.


                                 76
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            76
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
   Font tab - All of the font attributes are displayed in this tab including font face,
      size, style, and effects.

   Border and Pattern tabs - These tabs allow you to add borders, shading, and
      background colors to a cell.


Dates and Times
If you enter the date "January 1, 2001" into a cell on the worksheet, Excel will
automatically recognize the text as a date and change the format to "1-Jan-01". To change
the date format, select the Number tab from the Format Cells window. Select "Date"
from the Category box and choose the format for the date from the Type box. If the field
is a time, select "Time" from the Category box and select the type in the right box. Date
and time combinations aralso listed. Press OK when finished.




Styles
The use of styles in Excel allow you to quickly format your worksheet, provide
consistency, and create a professional look. Select the Styles drop-down box from the
formatting toolbar (it can be added by customizing the toolbar). Excel provides several
preset styles:




                                77
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             77
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   Comma - Adds commas to the number and two digits beyond a decimal point.

       •    Comma [0] - Comma style that rounds to a whole number.
       •    Currency - Formats the number as currency with a dollar sign, commas, and
            two digits beyond the decimal point.
       •    Currency [0] - Currency style that rounds to a whole number.
       •    Normal - Reverts any changes to general number format.
       •    Percent - Changes the number to a percent and adds a percent sign.

Style Dialog Box

Create your own styles from the Style Dialog Box.

   Highlight the cell(s) you want to add a style to.
   Select Format|Style... from the menu bar.




       •    Modify the attributes by clicking the Modify button.

                                   78
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            78
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

       •    Check all the items under Style includes that the style should format.
       •    Click Add to preview the formatting changes on the worksheet.
       •    Highlight the style you want to apply to the paragraph and click Apply.

Create a New Style

   Select the cell on the worksheet containing the formatting you would like to set as a
       new style.

   Click the Style box on the Formatting toolbar so the style name is highlighted




   Press ENTER when finished.
Format Painter

A handy feature on the standard toolbar for formatting text is the Format Painter. If you
have formatted a cell with a certain font style, date format, border, and other formatting
options, and you want to format another cell or group of cells the same way, place the
cursor within the cell containing the formatting you want to copy. Click the Format
Painter button in the standard toolbar (notice that your pointer now has a paintbrush
beside it). Highlight the cells you want to add the same formatting to. To copy the
formatting to many groups of cells, double-click the Format Painter button. The format
painter remains active until you press the ESC key to turn it off.
AutoFormat
Excel has many preset table formatting options. Add these styles by following these
steps:

   Highlight the cells that will be formatted.


                                   79
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            79
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Select Format|AutoFormat from the menu bar.

   •    On the AutoFormat dialog box, select the format you want to apply to the
        table by clicking on it with the mouse. Use the scroll bar to view all of the
        formats
        Available.




Click the Options... button to select the elements that the formatting will apply to.
Click OK when finished.




                               80
       EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         80
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


Formulas and functions
The distinguishing feature of a spreadsheet program such as Excel is that it allows you to
create mathematical formulas and execute functions. Otherwise, it is not much more than
a large table for displaying text. This page will show you how to create these
calculations.
Formulas
Formulas are entered in the worksheet cell and must begin with an equal sign "=". The
formula then includes the addresses of the cells whose values will be manipulated with
appropriate operands placed in between. After the formula is typed into the cell, the
calculation executes immediately and the formula itself is visible in the formula bar. See
the example below to view the formula for calculating the sub total for a number of
textbooks. The formula multiplies the quantity and price of each textbook and adds the
subtotal for each book.




Linking Worksheets

You may want to use the value from a cell in another worksheet within the same
workbook in a formula. For example, the value of cell A1 in the current worksheet and
cell A2 in the second worksheet can be added using the format "sheetname!celladdress".
The formula for this example would be "=A1+Sheet2!A2" where the value of cell A1 in
the current worksheet is added to the value of cell A2 in the worksheet named "Sheet2



                                81
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            81
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


Relative, Absolute, and Mixed Referencing
Calling cells by just their column and row labels (such as "A1") is called relative
referencing. When a formula contains relative referencing and it is copied from one cell
to another, Excel does not create an exact copy of the formula. It will change cell
addresses relative to the row and column they are moved to. For example, if a simple
addition formula in cell C1 "=(A1+B1)" is copied to cell C2, the formula would change
to "=(A2+B2)" to reflect the new row. To prevent this change, cells must be called by
absolute referencing and this is accomplished by placing dollar signs "$" within the cell
addresses in the formula. Continuing the previous example, the formula in cell C1 would
read "=($A$1+$B$1)" if the value of cell C2 should be the sum of cells A1 and B1. Both
the column and row of both cells are absolute and will not change when copied. Mixed
referencing can also be used where only the row OR column fixed. For example, in the
formula "=(A$1+$B2)", the row of cell A1 is fixed and the column of cell B2 is fixed.
Basic Functions

Functions can be a more efficient way of performing mathematical operations than
formulas. For example, if you wanted to add the values of cells D1 through D10, you
would type the formula "=D1+D2+D3+D4+D5+D6+D7+D8+D9+D10". A shorter way
would be to use the SUM function and simply type "=SUM(D1:D10)". Several other
functions and examples are given in the table below:




Function Wizard
View all functions available in Excel by using the Function Wizard.

       •    Activate the cell where the function will be placed and click the Function
            Wizard button on the standard toolbar.

                                   82
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            82
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

    •    From the Paste Function dialog box, browse through the functions by
         clicking in the Function category menu on the left and select the function
         from the Function name choices on the right. As each function name is
         highlighted a description and example of use is provided below the two boxes.




•   Click OK to select a function.
•   The next window allows you to choose the cells that will be included in the
    function. In the example below, cells B4 and C4 were automatically selected for
    the sum function by Excel. The cell values {2, 3} are located to the right of the
    Number 1 field where the cell addresses are listed. If another set of cells, such as
    B5 and C5, needed to be added to the function, those cells would be added in the
    format "B5:C5" to the Number 2 field.




                                83
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         83
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   Click OK when all the cells for the function have been selected.
   Autosum
Use the Autosum function to add the contents of a cluster of adjacent cells.

   •   Select the cell that the sum will appear in that is outside the cluster of cells whose
       values will be added. Cell C2 was used in this example.
   •   Click the Autosum button (Greek letter sigma) on the standard toolbar.
   •   Highlight the group of cells that will be summed (cells A2 through B2 in this
       example).
   •   Press the ENTER key on the keyboard or click the green check mark button on
       the formula bar .




Sorting AND Filling
Basic Sorts
To execute a basic descending or ascending sort based on one column, highlight the cells
that will be sorted and click the Sort Ascending (A-Z) button or Sort Descending (Z-A)
button on the standard toolbar.
Complex Sorts
To sort by multiple columns, follow these steps:


                                84
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             84
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

•   Highlight the cells, rows, or columns that will be sorted.
•   Select Data|Sort from the menu bar.
•   From the Sort dialog box, select the first column for sorting from the Sort By
    drop-down menu and choose either ascending or descending.
•   Select the second column and, if necessary, the third sort column from the Then
    By drop-down menus.




If the cells you highlighted included the text headings in the first row, mark My list
     has...Header row and the first row will remain at the top of the worksheet.

    •    Click the Options button for special non-alphabetic or numeric sorts such as
         months of the year and days of the week.




                                85
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         85
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Click OK to execute the sort.




                             86
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                SEC-7, DWARKA
                                     86
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Autofill
The Autofill feature allows you to quickly fill cells with repetitive or sequential data such
as chronological dates or numbers, and repeated text.

       •    Type the beginning number or date of an incrementing series or the text that
            will be repeated into a cell.
       •    Select the handle at the bottom, right corner of the cell with the left mouse
            button and drag it down as many cells as you want to fill.
       •    Release the mouse button.

If you want to autofill a column with cells displaying the same number or date you must
enter identical data to two adjacent cells in a column. Highlight the two cells and drag the
handle of the selection with the mouse.
Alternating Text and Numbers with Autofill

The Autofill feature can also be used for alternating text or numbers. For example, to
make a repeating list of the days of the week, type the seven days into seven adjacent
cells in a column. Highlight the seven cells and drag down with the mouse.
Autofilling Functions

Autofill can also be used to copy functions. In the example below, column A and column
B each contain lists of numbers and column C contains the sums of columns A and B for
each row. The function in cell C2 would be "=SUM(A2:B2)". This function can then be
copied to the remaining cells of column C by activating cell C2 and dragging the handle
down to fill in the remaining cells. The autofill feature will automatically update the row
numbers as shown below if the cells are reference relatively.




                                   87
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             87
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Chart Wizard

The Chart Wizard brings you through the process of creating a chart by displaying a
series of dialog boxes.
    Enter the data into the worksheet and highlight all the cells that will be included in
        the chart including headers.




   Click the Chart Wizard button on the standard toolbar to view the first Chart Wizard
       dialog box.

   Chart Type - Choose the Chart type and the Chart subtype if necessary. Click
      Next.




                                 88
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             88
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Chart Source Data - Select the data range (if different from the area highlighted in
  step 1) and click Next.


Chart Options - Enter the name of the chart and titles for the X- and Y-axes. Other
  options for the axes, grid lines, legend, data labels, and data table can be changed
  by clicking on the tabs. Press Next to move to the next set of options




                             89
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                        89
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                 (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Chart Location - Click As new sheet if the chart should be placed on a new, blank
  worksheet or select As object in if the chart should be embedded in an existing
  sheet and select the worksheet from the drop-down menu.




                            90
    EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                 (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                 SEC-7, DWARKA
                                      90
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Resizing the Chart
To resize the chart, click on its border and drag any of the nine black handles to change
the size. Handles on the corners will resize the chart proportionally while handles along
the lines will stretch the chart.
Moving the Chart
Select the border of the chart, hold down the left mouse button, and drag the chart to a
new location. Elements within the chart such as the title and labels may also be moved
within the chart. Click on the element to activate it, and use the mouse to drag the
element to move it.
Chart Formatting Toolbar




Chart Objects List - To select an object on the chart to format, click the object on the
chart or select the object from the Chart Objects List and click the Format button. A

                                91
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            91
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
window containing the properties of that object will then appear to make formatting
changes.
Chart Type - Click the arrowhead on the chart type button to select a different type of
chart.
Legend Toggle - Show or hide the chart legend by clicking this toggle button.
Data Table view - Display the data table instead of the chart by clicking the Data Table
toggle button.
Display Data by Column or Row - Charts the data by columns or rows according to the
data sheet.
Angle Text - Select the category or value axis and click the Angle Downward or Angle
Upward button to angle the the selected by +/- 45 degrees.




Copying the Chart to Microsoft Word
A finished chart can be copied into a Microsoft Word document. Select the chart and
click Copy. Open the destination document in Word and click Paste.




Unit-4
Excel
INTRODUCTION TO MS-ACCESS
                                92
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           92
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE

All of us are familiar with the term data. In fact, unknowingly we come across data in our
day-to-day life everyday. The age of a person, price of potato, number of students in a
school, pin code of a city, etc. are some examples of data. In our life we have to
remember so much of data. But it is easier for us to remember all information for a few
individuals. For example, you may be in a position to tell accurately the age, height,
complexion, income, educational qualification, residential address, etc. of your close
friends. But it is too difficult for you to memorize all these information for a large
number of individuals. Let us consider the example of Rai University (RU). Every year
about one-lakh students take admission in RU. If you are asked to memorize records of
date of birth, subjects offered and postal address of all these students, it will not be
possible for you.
To deal with such problems we construct a database. We arrange all information about
students in a tabular form. We keep all the records so that if I am asked, ‘How many
students are there in Economics?’ I am in a position to answer.

Getting Started with Ms- Access




                                93
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           93
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

What is a database?
A database is a collection of data which is organized in a manner that can be easily
retrieved. They consist of fields, records, and files, much like a telephone book. A field is
a single piece of information (your last name is one field); a record is one complete set of
fields (your entry in the telephone book is a record); and a file is a collection of records
(the entire telephone book). When you look at the phone book for someone's telephone
number, you are the "search engine" for the telephone book database. The only difference
is that the search engine included with database programs is probably a little faster than
you are at retrieving information.
Let us begin with the concept ‘database’ and its management. Database is a collection of
information in a structured way. We can say that it is a collection of a group of facts.
Your personal address book is a database of names you like to keep track of, such as
personal friends and members of your family.

What is a Relational Database?
A relational database is a single database spread across multiple tables. Think of a
database as a file cabinet and each drawer of the file cabinet is a table.
Example. All of the employee information is kept in the first drawer; all of the vendor
information is kept in the second drawer; and all of the purchase orders are kept in the
third drawer. To connect each of these drawers (which is what makes it "relational"), a set
piece of data from one drawer has to be present in one of the other drawers.
For instance, a purchase order will have a vendor name, address, & phone number on it,
along with the items purchased, purchase price, and any discounts. If the vendor name is
the "set" piece of data, it is entered in the purchase order table, but the address & phone
number are retrieved from the vendor table instead of having to re-type that information
each time it is needed in the purchase order table.
Let us at an example closer to our understanding, look into our example of information
on students in RU. A sample of 5 students is presented in the table below (see, Fig 1). We
have given 6 items of information on every student, namely, Roll No, Name, Date of
birth, Sex, Postal address and Subjects offered by the student.
Fig. 1 contains required details about each student. There are six pieces of information on
each student. They are Roll No, Name, Date of birth, Sex, Address and Subjects. Each
piece of information in database is called a Field. We can define field as the smallest
unit in a database. Each field represents one and only one characteristic of an event or
item. Thus there are six fields in this database.




                                 94
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             94
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




date type whereas Name is character type. In database there can be five categories of
fields. They are:

                                95
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                    SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         95
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
• Numeric
• Character
• Logic
• Memo
• Date

When Should I Use Access to Store Data?
Databases, like Access, are used to store large quantities of information. The information
can be viewed, sorted, manipulated, retrieved, and printed in various ways. The database
gives you the flexibility to obtain this data in multiple formats. If the information you
need to store is vast, interrelated, and you need to retrieve it fast & accurately, Access is
probably the way to go.
A Few Terms
These words are used often in Access so you will want to become familiar with them
before using the program and this tutorial.

   A database is a collection of related information.




                                 96
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             96
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


       •    An object is a competition in the database such as a table, query, form, or
            macro.
       •    A table is a grouping of related data organized in fields (columns) and records
            (rows) on a datasheet. By using a common field in two tables, the data can be
            combined. Many tables can be stored in a single database.
       •    A field is a column on a datasheet and defines a data type for a set of values in
            a table. For a mailing list table might include fields for first name, last name,
            address, city, state, zip code, and telephone number.
       •    A record in a row on a datasheet and is a set of values defined by fields. In a
            mailing list table, each record would contain the data for one person as
            specified by the intersecting fields.
       •    Design View provides the tools for creating fields in a table.
       •    Datasheet View allows you to update, edit, and delete in formation from a
            table.

Getting Started

After opening Access, you will be presented with the window shown below. Select one of
the first two options if you are creating a new database or the third if you want to edit an
existing database. All three choices are explained in detail below.
Blank Access database

Unlike Word documents, Excel worksheets, and Power Point presentations, you must
save an Access database before you start working on it. After selecting "Blank Access
database", you will first be prompted to specify a location and
name for the database.




                                   97
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             97
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Access database wizards, pages, and projects

Access' wizards and layout are existing database structures that only need data input.
Select a database type and click OK. Name the database on the next screen.




Open an existing database
If the database was opened recently on the computer, it will be listed on the main
window. Highlight the database name and click OK. Otherwise, highlight "More Files..."
in the list and click OK. From the subsequent window, click the "Look In:" drop-down
menu to find the folder where the database is located, highlight the database name in the
listing and click OK.
Converting to Access 2000
Before opening an existing file that was created in a previous version of Access, it must
first be converted to Access 2000 format. Convert a database by following these steps:
     Open Access and select Tools|Database Utilities|Convert Database|To Current
         Access Database Version from the menu bar.
     Select the database that should be converted and click the Convert button.

       •  The new version will be a completely separate database and the old one will
          remain intact so you must then name the new version of the database.
2.Screen Layout
Database Window
                                   98
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           98
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
The Database Window organizes all of the objects in the database. The default tables
listing provides links for creating tables and will list all of the tables in the database when
they have been added.




Design View
Design View customizes the fields in the database so that data can be entered.




                                 99
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                              99
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Datasheet View
The datasheet allows you to enter data into the database.




                               100
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           100
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Creating Tables
Introduction to Tables
Tables are grids that store information in a database similar to the way an Excel
worksheet stores information in a workbook. Access provides three ways to create a table
for which there are icons in the Database Window. Double-click on the icons to create a
table. the Database.




                               101
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          101
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                 (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




                            the Database Window

•    Create table in Design view will allow you to create the fields of the table.
     This is the most common way of creating a table and is explained in detail
     below.

•    Create table using wizard will step you through the creation of a table.

•    Create table by entering data will give you a blank datasheet with
     unlabelled columns that looks much like an Excel worksheet. Enter data into
     the cells and click the Save button. You will be prompted to add a primary
     key field. After the table is saved, the empty cells of the datasheet are
     trimmed. The fields are given generic names such as "Field1", "Field2", etc.
     To rename them with more descriptive titles that reflect the content of the
     fields, select Format|Rename Column from the menu bar or highlight the
     column, right-click on it with the mouse, and select Rename Column from
     the shortcut menu.




                           102
    EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                 (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                SEC-7, DWARKA
                                     102
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


The Table Wizard
Microsoft Access is filled with wizards, step-by-step dialog boxes that allow you to create objects or
fields on a database. Like the Database Wizard, Microsoft Access provides the Table Wizard used to
easily create a table. It allows you to add fields that are necessary for a particular table. The fields
have been configured in the general sense so you can use them in your




In the Table Wizard, the tables are organized in two primary categories: Business and Personal. To
select one of those categories, you can click its radio button. Each main category is made of
various sample tables. To select a sample table, you can click its name in the Sample Tables list. In
the middle, the Sample Fields list, the fields associated with the selected sample table are
displaying. From that list, you can select the desired field(s). Once a field has been selected, it
displays in the Fields In My New Table list. You can then select a different table to mix fields from
as many tables as desired. The 4 buttons between the Sample Fields list and the Fields In My New
Table list allow you to add or subtract fields. To help with selection and de-selection, the wizard
provides four buttons:




                                103
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            103
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




During field selection, if you select a field, its corresponding name appears in the right list. If you
select a field of the same name more than once, for example, if you select Address twice, the 2nd
Address would be called Address1. Sometimes that will be what you want, and sometimes it will
be by mistake. If then you make a mistake when selecting fields, you can double-click the
unwanted field in the Fields In My New Table list and that field will be removed.
After making your choices, you can keep the names provided by Microsoft Access into your table,
or you can rename any field to suit your needs. To rename a field, first select it in the Fields In My
New Table list. Then, click the Rename Field button. In the Rename Field dialog box, type the
desired name and click OK:


Queries
Introduction to Queries
Queries select records from one or more tables in a database so they can be viewed,
analyzed, and sorted on a common datasheet. The resulting collection of records, called a
dynaset (short for dynamic subset), is saved as a database object and can therefore be
easily used in the future. The query will be updated whenever the original tables are
updated. Types of queries are select queries that extract data from tables based on
specified values, find duplicate queries that display records with duplicate values for one
or more of the specified fields, and find unmatched queries display records from one
table that do not have corresponding values in a second table.
Create a Query in Design View
Follow these steps to create a new query in Design View:
    • From the Queries page on the Database Window, click the New button.




                                104
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            104
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




•   Select Design View and click OK.
•   Select tables and existing queries from the Tables and Queries tabs and click the
    Add button to add each one to the new query.
•   Click Close when all of the tables and queries have been selected.




                            105
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                  SEC-7, DWARKA
                                       105
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

     •   Add fields from the tables to the new query by double-clicking the field
         name in the table boxes or selecting the field from the Field: and Table: drop
         down menus on the query form. Specify sort orders if necessary.




  Enter the criteria for the query in the Criteria: field. The following table provides
  examples for some of the wildcard symbols and arithmetic operators that may be
used. The Expression Builder can also be used to assist in writing the expressions.




                            106
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                        106
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




           •    After you have selected all of the fields and tables, click the Run button on
                the toolbar.
           •    Save the query by clicking the Save button.


Query Wizard
Access' Query Wizard will easily assist you to begin creating a select query.

       •       Click the Create query by using wizard icon in the database window to have
               Access step you through the process of creating a query .




                                  107
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                         SEC-7, DWARKA
                                              107
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




From the first window, select fields that will be included in the query by first selecting
the table from the drop-down Tables/Queries menu. Select the fields by clicking the >
button to move the field from the Available Fields list to Selected Fields. Click the
double arrow button >> to move all of the fields to Selected Fields. Select another table
or query to choose from more fields and repeat the process of moving them to the
Selected Fields box. Click Next> when all of the
fields have been selected.




Find Duplicates Query
This query will filter out records in a single table that contain duplicate values in a field.
                                              108
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                                 (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                              108
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


   •    Click the New button on the Queries database window, select Find
        Duplicates Query Wizard from the New Query window and click OK.




Select the table or query that the find duplicates query will be applied to from the list
provided and click Next >.




                              109
       EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                    SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         109
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Select the fields that may contain duplicate values by highlighting the names in the
    Available fields list and clicking the > button to individually move the fields to
    the Duplicate-value fields list or >> to move all of the fields. Click Next > when
    all fields have been selected.




Select the fields that should appear in the new query along with the fields selected on
    the previous screen and click Next >.




   •    Name the new query and click Finish.
                                      110
       EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                            (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                        110
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Delete a Query
To delete a table from the query, click the table's title bar and press the Delete key on the
keyboard.



Forms
Forms are used as an alternative way to enter data into a database table.
Create Form by Using Wizard
To create a form using the assistance of the wizard, follow these steps:

       •    Click the Create form by using wizard option on the database window.
       •    From the Tables/Queries drop-down menu, select the table or query whose
            datasheet the form will modify. Then, select the fields that will be included on
            the form by highlighting each one the Available Fields window and clicking
            the single right arrow button > to move the field to the Selected Fields
            window. To move all of the fields to Select Fields, click the double right
            arrow button >>. If you make a mistake and would like to remove a field or all
            of the fields from the Selected Fields window, click the left arrow < or left
            double arrow << buttons. After the proper fields have been selected, click the
            Next > button to move on to the next screen.




                                  111
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             111
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




       •   On the second screen, select the layout of the form.
       •   Columnar - A single record is displayed at one time with labels and form
           fields listed side-by-side in columns .
        • Justified - A single record is displayed with labels and form fields are listed
           across the screen .
        • Tabular - Multiple records are listed on the page at a time with fields in
           columns and records in rows .
        • Datasheet- Multiple records are displayed in Datasheet View .
Click the Next > button to move on to the next screen.




                                  112
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           112
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   Select a visual style for the form from the next set of options and click Next>.




On the final screen, name the form in the space provided. Select "Open the form to view
or enter information" to open the form in Form View or "Modify the
form's design" to open it in Design View. Click Finish to create the form .


                               113
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           113
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Create Form in Design View
To create a form from scratch without the wizard, follow these steps:
   • Click the New button on the form database window.
   • Select "Design View" and choose the table or query the form will be associated
       with the form from the drop-down menu.
   • Select View|Toolbox from the menu bar to view the floating toolbar with
       additional options.




Add controls to the form by clicking and dragging the field names from the Field List
floating window. Access creates a text box for the value and label for the
field name when this action is accomplished. To add controls for all of the fields in the
Field List, double-click the Field List window's title bar and drag all of the highlighted
fields to the form.

                                114
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            114
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Adding Records Using A Form

Input data into the table by filling out the fields of the form. Press the Tab key to move
from field to field and create a new record by clicking Tab after the last field of the last
record. A new record can also be created at any time by clicking the New Record button
at the bottom of the form window. Records are automatically saved as they are entered so
no additional manual saving needs to be executed.




Editing Forms
The follow points may be helpful when modifying forms in Design View.

                                115
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            115
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

   •    Grid lines - By default, a series of lines and dots underlay the form in Design
        View so form elements can be easily aligned. To toggle this feature on and off
        select View|Grid from the menu bar.

   •    Snap to Grid - Select Format|Snap to Grid to align form objects with the
        grid to allow easy alignment of form objects or uncheck this feature to allow
        objects to float freely between the grid lines and dots.

   •    Resizing Objects - Form objects can be resized by clicking and dragging the
        handles on the edges and corners of the element with the mouse.

   •    Change form object type - To easily change the type of form object without
        having to create a new one, right click on the object with the mouse and select
        Change To and select an available object type from the list.

   •    Label/object alignment - Each form object and its corresponding label are
        bounded and will move together when either one is moved with the mouse.
        However, to change the position of the object and label in relation to each
        other (to move the label closer to a text box, for example), click and drag the
        large handle at the top, left corner of the object or label.

   •    Tab order - Alter the tab order of the objects on the form by selecting
        View|Tab Order... from the menu bar. Click the gray box before the row you
        would like to change in the tab order, drag it to a new location, and release the
        mouse button.




Form Appearance - Change the background color of the form by clicking the
   Fill/Back Color button on the formatting toolbar and click one of the color
   swatches on the palette. Change the color of individual form objects by
                                      116
    EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                             (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                    SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         116
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
       highlighting one and selecting a color from the Font/Fore Color palette on the
       formatting toolbar. The font and size, font effect, font alignment, border around
       each object, the border width, and a special effect can also be modified using the
       formatting toolbar:




   Page Header and Footer –
         o Headers and footers added to a form will only appear when it is printed.
            Access these sections by selecting View|Page Header/Footer on the
            menu bar. Page numbers can also be added to these sections by selecting
            Insert|Page Numbers. A date and time can be added from Insert|Date
            and Time.... Select View|Page Header/Footer again to hide these
            sections from view in Design View.




Form Controls
List and Combo Boxes
If there are small, finite number of values for a certain field on a form, using combo or
list boxes may be a quicker and easier way of entering data. These two control types
differ in the number of values they display. List values are all displayed while the combo
box values are not displayed until the arrow button is clicked to open it as shown in these
examples:




By using a combo or list box, the name of the academic building does not need to be
typed for every record. Instead, it simply needs to be selected from the list. Follow these
steps to add a list or combo box to a form:

                                117
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            117
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

•   Open the form in Design View.
•   Select View|Toolbox to view the toolbox and make sure the "Control Wizards"
    button is pressed in.
•   Click the list or combo box tool button and draw the outline on the form. The
    combo box wizard dialog box will appear.
•   Select the source type for the list or combo box values and click Next >.




•   Depending on your choice in the first dialog box, the next options will vary. If
    you chose to look up values from a table or query, the following box will be
    displayed. Select the table or query from which the values of the combo box will
    come from. Click Next > and choose fields from the table or query that was
    selected. Click Next > to proceed.




                            118
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                  SEC-7, DWARKA
                                       118
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




       •    On the next dialog box, set the width of the combo box by clicking and
            dragging the right edge of the column. Click Next >.




The next dialog box allows tells Access what to do with the value that is selected. Choose
"Remember the value for later use" to use the value in a macro or procedure (the value is
discarded when the form is closed), or select the field that the value should be stored in.
Click Next > to proceed to the final screen.

                                  119
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           119
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




  Type the name that will appear on the box's label and click Finish.
Check Boxes and Option Buttons
Use check boxes and option buttons to display yes/no, true/false, or on/off values. Only
one value from a group of option buttons can be selected while any or all values from a
check box group can be chosen. Typically, these controls should be used when five or
less options are available. Combo boxes or lists should be used for long lists of options.
To add a checkbox or option group:

       •    Click the Option Group tool on the toolbox and draw the area where the group
            will be placed on the form with the mouse. The option group wizard dialog
            box will appear.
       •    On the first window, enter labels for the options and click the tab key to enter
            additional labels. Click Next > when finished typing labels.




                                  120
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            120
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




•   On the next window, select a default value if there is any and click Next >.

•   Select values for the options and click Next >.




Choose what should be done with the value and click Next >.




                            121
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                        121
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   Choose the type and style of the option group and click Next >.




    Type the caption for the option group and click Finish.
Command Buttons
In this example, a command button beside each record is used to open another form.


                               122
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          122
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                 (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

•    Open the form in Design View and ensure that the Control Wizard button on
     the toolbox is pressed in.
•    Click the command button icon on the toolbox and draw the button on the
     form. The Command Button Wizard will then appear.
•    On the first dialog window, action categories are displayed in the left list
     while the right list displays the actions in each category. Select an action for
     the command button and click Next >.




•    The next few pages of options will vary based on the action you selected.
     Continue selecting options for the command button.

•    Choose the appearance of the button by entering caption text or selecting a
     picture. Check the Show All Pictures box to view the full list of available
     images. Click Next >.




                           123
    EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                 (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                 SEC-7, DWARKA
                                      123
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




       Enter a name for the command button and click Finish to create the button.

Sub Forms

What Is A Subform?
A subform is a form that is placed in a parent form, called the main form. Subforms are
particularly useful to display data from tables and queries that have one-to-many
relationships. For example, in the sample below, data on the main form is drawn from an
item information table while the subform contains all of the orders for that item. The item
record is the "one" part of this one-to-many relationship while the orders are the "many"
side of the relationship since many orders can be placed for the one item.




                               124
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           124
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




The remainder of this page explains three methods for creating subforms and they assume
that the data tables and/or queries have already been created.

Create a Form and Subform at Once

Use this method if neither form has already been created. A main form and subform can
be created automatically using the form wizard if table relationships are set properly or if
a query involving multiple tables is selected. For example, a relationship can be set
between a table containing customer information and one listing customer orders so the
orders for each customer are displayed together using a main form and subform. Follow
these steps to create a subform within a form:

   Double-click Create form by using wizard on the database window.
   From the Tables/Queries drop-down menu, select the first table or query from which
      the main form will display its data. Select the fields that should appear on the
      form by highlighting the field names in the Available Fields list on the left and
      clicking the single arrow > button or click the double arrows >> to choose all
      of the fields.




                                125
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            125
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




•   Select a tabular or datasheet layout for the form and click Next.




                            126
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                        126
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Select a style for the form and click Next.




Enter the names for the main form and subform. Click Finish to create the forms.




                            127
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                        127
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   New records can be added to both tables or queries at once by using the new
      combination form.
Subform Wizard
   • If the main form or both forms already exist, the Subform Wizard can be used to
      combine the forms. Follow these steps to use the Subform Wizard:

   •   Open the main form in Design View and make sure the Control Wizard button on
       the toolbox is pressed in.
   •   Click the Subform/Subreport icon on the toolbox and draw the outline of the
       subform on the main form. The Subform Wizard dialog box will appear when the
       mouse button is released.
   •   If the subform has not been created yet, select "Use existing Tables and Queries".
       Otherwise, select the existing form that will become the subform. Click Next to
        continue.




                               128
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          128
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   The next dialog window will display table relationships assumed by Access. Select
      one ofthese relationships or define your own and click Next.




On the final dialog box, enter the name of the subform and click Finish.
                               129
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           129
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Drag-and-Drop Method –

  •   Use this method to create subforms from two forms that already exist. Make sure
      that the table relationships have already been set before proceeding with these
      steps.
  •   Open the main form in Design View and select Window|Tile Vertically to
      display both the database window and the form side-by-side.




  Drag the form icon beside the name of the subform onto the detail section of the main
     form design.




                              130
       EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                    (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                    SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         130
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




More On Forms
Multiple-Page Forms Using Tabs
Tab controls allow you to easily create multi-page forms. Create a tab control by
following these steps:

   •   Click the Tab Control icon on the toolbox and draw the control on the form.

   •   Add new controls to each tab page the same way that controls are added to regular
       form pages and click the tabs to change pages. Existing form controls cannot be
       added to the tab page by dragging and dropping. Instead, right-click on the control
       and select Cut from the shortcut menu. Then right-click on the tab control and
       select Paste. The controls can then be repositioned on the tab control.




                               131
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           131
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




           Add new tabs or delete tabs by right-clicking in the tab area and choosing
             Insert Page or Delete Page from the shortcut menu.

   Reorder the tabs by right-clicking on the tab control and selecting Page Order.
   Rename tabs by double-clicking on a tab and changing the Name property under the
      Other tab.

   Conditional Formatting

   •   Special formatting that depends on the control's value can be added to text boxes,
       lists, and combo boxes. A default value can set along with up to three conditional
       formats. To add conditional formatting to a control element, follow these steps:

       Select the control that the formatting should be applied to and select
       Format|Conditional Formatting from the menu bar.

       Under Condition 1, select one of the following condition types:

                 Field Value Is applies formatting based upon the value of the control.
                 Select a comparison type from the second drop-down menu and enter a
                 value in the final text box.
Password Text Fields
To modify a text box so each character appears as an asterisk as the user types in the
information, select the text field in Design View and click Properties. Under the Data
tab, click in the Input Mask field and then click the button [...] that appears. Choose
"Password" from the list of input masks and click Finish. Although the user will only see
asterisks for each character that is typed, the actual characters will be saved in the
database.

                               132
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           132
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Change Control Type

If you decide the type of a control needs to be changed, this can be done without deleting
the existing control and creating a new one although not every control type can be
converted and those that can have a limited number of types they can be converted to. To
change the control type, select the control on the form in Design View and choose
Format|Change To from the menu bar. Select one of the control types that is not grayed
out.

Multiple Primary Keys

To select two fields for the composite primary key, move the mouse over the gray
column next to the field names and note that it becomes an arrow. Click the mouse, hold
it down, and drag it over all fields that should be primary keys and release the button.
With the multiple fields highlighted, click the primary key button.

Reports
Reports will organize and group the information in a table or query and provide a way to
print the data in a database.
Using the Wizard
Create a report using Access' wizard by following these steps:

   •   Double-click the "Create report by using wizard" option on the Reports Database
       Window.
   •   Select the information source for the report by selecting a table or query from the
       Tables/Queries drop-down menu. Then, select the fields that should be displayed
       in the report by transferring them from the Available Fields menu to the Selected
       Fields window using the single right arrow button > to move fields one at a time
       or the double arrow button >> to move all of the fields at once. Click the Next >
       button to move to the next screen.




                               133
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           133
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




•   Select fields from the list that the records should be grouped by and click the right
    arrow button > to add those fields to the diagram. Use the Priority buttons to
    change the order of the grouped fields if more than one field is selected. Click
    Next > to continue.




                            134
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                        134
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
If the records should be sorted, identify a sort order here. Select the first field that records
should be sorted by and click the A-Z sort button to choose from ascending or descending
order. Click Next > to continue.




    •   Select a layout and page orientation for the report and click Next >.




                                135
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                              135
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
On the final screen, name the report and select to open it in either Print Preview or
Design View mode. Click the Finish button to create the report.




Create in Design View
   • To create a report from scratch, select Design View from the Reports Database
       Window.
   • Click the New button on the Reports Database Window. Highlight "Design View"
       and choose the data source of the report from the drop-down menu and click OK.




                                136
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            136
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
You will be presented with a blank grid with a Field Box and form element toolbar that
looks similar to the Design View for forms. Design the report in much the same way you
would create a form. For example, double-click the title bar of the Field Box to add all of
the fields to the report at once. Then, use the handles on the elements to resize them,
move them to different locations, and modify the look of the report by using options on
the formatting toolbar. Click the Print View button at the top, left corner of the screen to
preview the report.




Printing Reports
Select File|Page Setup to modify the page margins, size, orientation, and column setup.
After all changes have been made, print the report by selecting File|Print from the menu
bar or click the Print button on the toolbar.




                                137
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            137
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Importing, Exporting, Linking
Importing
Importing objects from another database will create a complete copy of a table, query, or
any other database object that you select. Import a database object by following these
steps:

   •   Open the destination database.

   •   Select File|Get External|Import from the menu bar.

   •   Choose the database the object is located in a click the Import button.

   •   From the Import Objects window, click on the object tabs to find the object you
       want to import into the database. Click the Options >> button to view more
       options. Under Import Tables, select "Definition and Data" if the entire table
       should be copied or "Definition Only" if the table structure should be copied but
       not the data. Under Import Queries, select "As Tables" if the queries should
       appear as regular tables in the destination database. Highlight the object name,
       and click OK.




                               138
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            138
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   •   The new object will now appear with the existing objects in the database.

Exporting

The effect of importing can also be achieved using the opposite method of exporting.

   •   Open the database containing an object that will be copied (exported) to another
       database.

   •   Find the object in the Database Window and highlight it. Then, select
        File|Export... from the menu bar.

   •   Select the destination database from the window and click Save.

   •   You will be prompted to name the new object and may also be given other
       options, such as whether to copy the structure or data and structure of a table.
       Click OK to complete the export procedure.

Linking
Unlike importing, linking objects from another database will create a link to an object in
another database while not copying the table to the current database. Create a link by
following these steps:


                                139
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           139
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

   •   Open the destination database.
   •   Select File|Get External|Link Tables... from the menu bar.
   •    Choose the database that the table is located in and click the Link button.
   •     A window listing the tables in the database will then appear. Highlight the table or
          tables that should be linked and click OK. A link to the table will appear in the
          Database Window as a small table icon proceeded by a small right arrow.




UNIT-5
INTRODUCTION TO MS-POWERPOINT

 Microsoft PowerPoint is a software product used to perform computer-based presentations. There
 are various circumstances in which a presentation is made: teaching a class, introducing a product
 to sell, explaining an organizational structure, etc. When performing a presentation, there are two
 main kinds of presentation you can deliver: before an audience or not. The preparation and the
 actual delivery of each are quite different. Before getting into the details of each, we will first take
 a look at the software and analyze what it has to offer a presentation.




                               140
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            140
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Open Power Point and you will be prompted by a dialog box with four choices. Each of
these options is explained on this page. If Power Point is already open or this box does
not appear, select File|New from the menu bar.




                               141
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           141
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




GETTING STARTED
AutoContent Wizard
The AutoContent Wizard provides templates and ideas for a variety of presentation types.
Page through the wizard by clicking the Next button on the bottom of each page after
making necessary choices.




Design Template
Power Point provides many templates with different backgrounds and text formatting to
begin your presentation. Preview each design by highlighting the template name on the
list. Press OK after you have chosen the design.

                               142
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          142
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Blank Presentation
Select Blank Presentation to build the presentation from scratch with no preset graphics
or formatting.
Open an Existing Presentation
Select this option to open a Power Point presentation that already exists. Select the folder
 the file is located in from the Look in: drop-down menu and highlight the file on the list.
                             Click Open to open the presentation.




AutoLayout
After selecting the presentation type, you will be prompted to choose the layout of the
new slide. These layouts include bulleted lists, graphs, and/or images. Click on each
thumbnail image and a description will be printed in the message box. Highlight the
layout you want and click OK.


                                143
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            143
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




POWER POINT SCREEN
Screen Layout
The Power Point screen layout in Normal View:




Views
Power Point gives you four screen layouts for constructing your presentation in addition
to the Slide Show. You can select the page view by clicking the buttons just above the
formatting toolbar and the bottom of the page.
                               144
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           144
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


Normal View




Normal View This screen is split into three sections showing the presentation outline on the
left, the slide in the main window, and notes at the bottom.




Slide View The slide view displays each slide on the screen and is helpful for adding images,
formatting text, and adding background styles .




                               145
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           145
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Outline View The presentation outline is displayed on the majority of the screen with small
windows for the slide and notes. This view is recommended for editing text.




                               146
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          146
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Slide Sorter View A small image of each slide is displayed in Slide Sorter view. Slides can
easily be ordered and sorted from this screen.




             Click the Slide Show button to view the full-screen slide show.

WORKING WITH SLIDES
Insert a New Slide
Follow these steps to insert a new slide into the presentation:

   •   In the Outline window, select the slide you want the new slide to appear after by
       clicking the slide's number.

   •   Select Insert|New Slide from the menu bar or click the new slide button on the
       standard toolbar.

   •   Choose the page layout from the window and press OK.

Applying a Design Template
To add a design template or changing the existing one, selection Format|Design Template
from the menu bar. Select the template and click Apply.

Changing Slide Layouts
To change the layout template of the slide select Format|Slide Layout from the menu bar.
Select one of the layout thumbnail images and click Apply.




                                147
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            147
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Reordering Slides

To reorder a slide in Slide Sorter View, simply click on the slide you wish to move and
drag it to the new location. In Normal or Outline View, click the slide icon beside the
number of the slide you want to move and drag the icon to a new location.
Hide Slides
If you do not want a slide to appear during the slide show, but do not want to delete the
slide as it may be used later, the slide can be hidden by selecting Slide Show|Hide Slide
from the menu bar. To add the slide back to the slide show, select Slide Show|Hide Slide
again.
Create a Custom Slide Show

The Custom Slide Show feature allows you to select the slides you want to display in the
slide show if not all the slides should be used.
    • Select Slide Show|Custom Slide Show from the menu bar.




                               148
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           148
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




•   Click the New... button in the Custom Shows window.
•   In the Define Custom Show window, type a name for the slide in the Slide show
    name field.




•   Add slides to the custom show by highlighting them in the Slides in presentation
    window and clicking the Add >> button. Those slides will then appear in the
    Slides in custom show window.

•   To remove slides from the custom show, highlight their names in the Slides in
    custom show window and click the Remove button.
•   To reorder slides in the custom show, highlight the slide that should be moved
    and click the up and down arrows to change its order in the show.
•   Click OK when finished.


                            149
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                  SEC-7, DWARKA
                                       149
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

   •   Click the Show button on the Custom Shows window to preview the custom slide
       show and click Close to exit.
   •   Edit a Custom Slide Show




   •   Select Slide Show|Custom Slide Show from the menu bar.
   •   Edit the show by highlighting the name in the Custom shows box and clicking
       the Edit... button.
   •   To delete a show, highlight the name and click Remove.
   •   Create a copy of a show by clicking the Copy button. The copy can then be
       renamed by clicking the Edit... button.
   •   Click the Show button to preview the custom slide show and click Close to exit.



COLOR SCHEME
The colors of predesigned slide templates can be changed and a color scheme can be
added to blank presentations. This page explains how to add color schemes and
background images to slides.
Color Schemes
   • Select Format|Slide Color Scheme from the menu bar.
   • Click one of the preset color scheme thumbnail images in the Color schemes box




                               150
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          150
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




    •    Click the Preview button to see how the scheme will appear on the slide.
    •    To make changes to the color scheme, click the Custom tab on the dialog box.




•   Change the colors of the slide elements by selecting the color swatch beside the
    name of the element and clicking the Change color button.


                               151
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                   SEC-7, DWARKA
                                       151
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

   •   Highlight one of the colors from the Text and Line Color window or select the
       Custom tab to view more color choices and click OK when finished.




   •   When you have finished all color formatting, click Apply to All to apply the color
       scheme to all the slides in the presentation or Apply to add the scheme only to the
       current slide.
Backgrounds
Follow these steps to add background colors and patterns to a slide:

   •   Select Format|Background from the menu bar.




                               152
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           152
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




•   Select a color from the drop-down menu below the Background fill preview or
    choose More Colors... for a larger selection.
•   Select Fill Effects from the drop-down menu to add gradients, texture, patterns,
    or a picture to the background.




Gradient tab
• Select One color if the color chosen will fade into the background and select the
   color from the Color 1 drop-down menu. Choose Two colors if the gradient will
   use two colors and select those colors from the Color 1 and Color 2 drop-down

                            153
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                  SEC-7, DWARKA
                                       153
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
       menus. Preset provides a selection of color combinations. Select one from the
       Preset colors drop-down menu.
   •   Select the type of gradient from Shading styles.
   •   Click one of the four Variants of the styles chosen.




   Texture tab
From the Texture window, select a repeating background by scrolling through the
thumbnail images or click Other Texture... to select an image from a file.




                               154
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          154
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Pattern tab Select a two-tone pattern by clicking one of the pattern swatches and
selecting the Foreground and Background colors.




   Picture tab Click the Select Picture button to choose a picture from a file. After the
       picture is selected, a preview and description will be shown in this window.

       •    Click OK to apply the changes made from the Fill Effects windows.
       •    Click Apply to All to add the changes to every slide or Apply to make
            changes only to the current Slide.

GRAPHICS
The Drawing Toolbar provides many commands for creating and editing graphics. The
toolbar is located at the bottom of the Power Point screen or it can be activated by
selecting View|Toolbars|Drawing from the menu bar.




                                  155
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           155
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


Menu -

       o Grouping - Images can be grouped together so they become one image
         and can be moved together or the same formatting changes can be applied
         to both at once. Select all the images that will be grouped by holding down
         the SHIFT key and clicking once on each image. Then select Group from
         the Draw menu. The images can be ungrouped by selecting Ungroup
         from the same menu. The rectangles in the image to the left are separate
         images with their own sets of handles and they are grouped together in the
         image to the right:




       Order - The order of overlapping images can be changed using this feature. In
          the example of two rectangles below, the green rectangle is selected and
          the Send Backward command was used to move the image below the
          blue rectangle. Send Backward and Bring Forward will move elements by
          one layer. Send to Back and Bring to Front move the elements to the back
          or top of a series of several overlapping graphics.




•   Nudge - Use the nudge actions to move an object slightly in one direction.
•   Align or Distribute - Select a group of objects and choose one of the the
    commands from the Align or Distribute menu to change the position of the
    objects in relation to one another.

•   Rotate or Flip - Rotate an object 90 degrees or flip the object over its x- or y-
    axis.
                            156
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                    SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         156
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

   •   Select objects - Deactivate all drawing functions.




   •   AutoShapes menu - Click the small down arrow to the right of the "AutoShapes"
       text to select a shape.
   • Line and Arrow - Click and drag the mouse on the slide to add lines. Hold down
       the SHIFT key to draw a straight line. Use the end points of the completed line to
       stretch and reposition the line.
   • Rectangle and Oval - Click and drag the mouse on the slide to add rectangles and
       ovals. Hold down the SHIFT key to add squares and circles.
   • Text box - Click to draw a text box on the slide.
   • Word art - Click to add WordArt.
   • Picture - Click to add a clip art image to the slide.
   • Fill color - Choose a fill color for rectangles, ovals, and clip art.
   • Line color - Select a border color for shapes and pictures.
   • Font color - Highlight text on the slide and click the small down arrow next to the
       Font color icon to select a color.
   • Line style - Highlight a line or arrow that has been drawn and click this button to
       select a thickness or style for the line.
   • Dash style - Highlight a line or arrow and select a dash style.
   • Arrow style - Change the arrow head style for an existing arrow or change a line
       to an arrow.
   • Shadow - Select a text box to add shadow to text or choose any other object on
       the slide to add a drop shadow.
   • 3D - Add a three-dimensional effect to text and other objects.
   • Free rotate - This button will place green handles on certain objects so they can be
   arbitrarily rotated. Click and drag the handles to rotate the objects.




Adding Clip Art

                               157
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          157
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
To add a clip art image to a slide, follow these steps:

   •   Select Insert|Picture|Clip Art from the menu bar or click the Picture button on the
       Drawing toolbar..
   •   To find an image, click in the white box following Search for clips and enter
       keywords describing




   •   Click once on the image to want to add to the slide and a selection bar will appear.
   •   Click once on the image you want to add to the slide and the following popup
       menu will appear:




           Insert Clip to add the image to the slide.

           Preview Clip to view the image full-size before adding it to the slide. Drag
              the bottom, right corner of the preview window to resize the image

                                158
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             158
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

       and click the "x" close button to end the preview.




       o Add Clip to Favorites will add the selected image to your favorites
         directory that can be chosen from the Insert ClipArt dialog box.


       o Find Similar Clips will retrieve images similar to the one you have
         chosen.

• Click the Close button in the top, right corner of the Insert Clip window to stop
  adding clip art to the slide.
Add An Image from a File

•   To add a photo or graphic from a file:
•   Select Insert|Picture|From File from the menu bar.
•   Click the down arrow button on the right side of the Look in: window to find the
    image on your computer.
•   Highlight the file name from the list and click the Insert button.




                            159
     EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                  (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                  SEC-7, DWARKA
                                       159
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Editing A Graphic
Activate the image you wish to edit by clicking on it once with the mouse. Several
handles will appear around the graphic. Click and drag these handles to resize the image.
The handles on the corners will resize proportionally while the handles on the straight
lines will stretch the image. More picture effects can be changed using the Picture
toolbar.
Auto Shapes
The AutoShapes toolbar allows you to draw a number of geometrical shapes, arrows,
flow chart elements, stars, and other graphics on a slide. Activate the AutoShapes toolbar
by selecting Insert|Picture|AutoShapes or View|Toolbars|AutoShapes from the menu bar.
Click the buttons on the toolbar to view the options for drawing each shape.




                               160
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           160
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)


   •   Lines - After clicking the Lines button on the AutoShapes toolbar, draw a
       straight line, arrow, or double-ended arrow from the first row of options by
       clicking the respective button. Click in the slide where you would like the line to
       begin and click again where it should end. To draw a curved line or freeform
       shape, select curved lines from the menu (first and second buttons of second
       row), click in the slide where the line should appear, and click the mouse every
       time a curve should begin. End creating the graphic by clicking on the starting
       end or pressing the ESC key. To scribble, click the last button in the second row,
       click the mouse in the slide and hold down the left button while you draw the
       design. Let go of the mouse button to stop drawing.
   •   Connectors - Draw these lines to connect flow chart elements.
   •   Basic Shapes - Click the Basic Shapes button on the AutoShapes toolbar to select
       from many two- and three-dimensional shapes, icons, braces, and brackets.
       Use the drag-and-drop method to draw the shape in the slide. When the shape has
       been made, it can be resized using the open box handles and other adjustments
       specific
       to each shape can be modified using the yellow diamond handles.




       Block Arrows - Select Block Arrows to choose from many types of two- and
       three-dimensional arrows. Drag-and-drop the arrow in the slide and use the
       open box and yellow diamond handles to adjust the arrowheads. Each AutoShape
       can also be rotated by first clicking the Free Rotate button on the drawing toolbar
       . Click and drag the green handles around the image to rotate it. The tree image
       below was created from an arrow rotated 90 degrees.




Flow Chart - Choose from the flow chart menu to add flow chart elements to the slide
and use the line menu to draw connections between the elements.
                               161
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           161
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Stars and Banners - Click the button to select stars, bursts, banners, and scrolls.
Call Outs - Select from the speech and thought bubbles, and line call outs. Enter the
call out text in the text box that is made.
More AutoShapes - Click the More button to choose from a list of clip art categories.
Each of the submenus on the AutoShapes toolbar can become a separate toolbar. Just
click and drag the gray bar across the top of the submenus off of the toolbar and it will
become a separate floating toolbar.




WordArt
  • Add headlines in striking colors and shapes to your presentation using Word Art.
  • Select Insert|Picture|WordArt from the menu bar or click the Word Art button on
     the Drawing toolbar.
  • Choose a Word Art style from the listing and click OK.




Enter the text in the Edit WordArt Text box and choose the font, size, and style for the
text. Click OK.


                                162
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            162
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   •   Use the white box handles around the word art to resize it on the slide.
   •   Drag the yellow diamond handle to change the shape of the text. To revert back to
       no shape, double-click the diamond.




SLIDE EFFECTS

Action Buttons

   •   Use the action button toolbar to add functioning buttons to slides in a
       presentation.
   •   Select Slide Show|Action Buttons from the menu bar. Click the bar across the top
       of the button menu and drag it off the menu so it becomes a floating toolbar.




   •   Click one of the button faces and draw the button on the slide using the mouse.
       The Action Settings menu will then appear.




                               163
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          163
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   •   Set the actions under either the Mouse Click or Mouse Over tabs. Actions
       specified for Mouse Click will execute when the button is clicked on the slide
       while actions for Mouse Over will occur when the mouse pointer hovers over the
       button.

   •   Select an action for the button by choosing a Hyperlink to destination.

   •   If you want a sound to be played when the button is clicked, check the Play
       sound box and choose a sound from the drop-down menu.
   •   Click OK when finished.




   •   The button on the slide can be resized using the white box handles and the depth
       of the button can be changed by dragging the yellow diamond.

Slide Animation

                               164
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                     SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          164
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Several animations for slide objects are available through the drop-down menus on the
menu bar. First, select the text box or graphic that will be animated. Select Slide
Show|Preset Animation and choose from one of the options. To select a different
animation or turn the animation off, select the appropriate choice from the same menu.
For more options, follow the procedure below:




   •   Select Slide Show|Custom Animation from the menu bar.
   •   Select the object on the slide that will be animated from the Check to animate
       slide objects list.
   •   Under the Effects tab, select the animation type (or select "No Effect" to turn an
       animation off) and direction from the drop-down menus and select a sound if you
       wish.
   •   Select an After animation effect if the text should change colors after the
       animation executes.
   •   Color palette - Select one of the color swatches or click More Colors for a larger
       selection. The text will change to the selected color when the mouse is clicked
       during the slide show.
   •   Don't Dim - This option erases all After Animation effects.
   •   Hide After Animation - Text will be immediately erased after the animation is
       completed.
   •   Hide on Next Mouse click - The text will be erased when the mouse is clicked.
   •   Choose the style of displaying the text under the Introduce text section. The drop-
       down menu provides options for displaying the characters for each bulleted item.
       Select "All at once" for the text to appear immediately, "by Word" for the text to
       appear one word at a time, or "by Letter" for a typewriter effect that displays one
       letter at a time.
                                             165
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                               (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          165
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




   •   Click the Order & Timing tab to alter the order that the objects appear on the
       slide. Highlight the object in the Animation order box and click the Move arrows
       to move the object's position within the animation sequence. Under Start
       animation, choose "On mouse click" to activate the animation by clicking the
       mouse or "Automatically" for the animation to execute after a set number of
       seconds.




Click the Preview button at any time to preview the animation on the slide and click OK
when finished.
Animation Preview
Select Slide Show|Animation Preview from the menu bar to view the Animation Preview
window. Click anywhere within this window with the mouse to preview the animations
that have been set. To hide the window, click the x close button in the top, right corner.




                               166
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           166
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Slide Transitions
Add transition effects when changing slides by following these steps:




   •   Select Slide Show|Slide Transition from the menu bar.
   •   From the Effect section, choose a transition from the drop-down menu and notice
       the preview after the transition is selected. Select a speed for the transition as
       well.
   •   Under Advance, check "On mouse click" for the slide transition to occur by
       clicking the mouse or using keystrokes or check "Automatically after" and a
       number of seconds if the transition should occur automatically.
   •   Select a Sound if necessary and check the Loop until next sound if it should
       keep repeating until the next sound is played.
   •   Click Apply to All if the transition effects should be added to every slide or
       Apply if the effects should be added only to the current slide.




Slide Show Options

                               167
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          167
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

Select Tools|Options and click the View tab to choose from several more slide show
options.




   •   Popup menu on right mouse click - Check this box if you want to be able to
       access the shortcut menu during a presentation.
   •   Show popup menu button - Check this box to activate the menu button that
       appears in the bottom, left corner of the screen during a presentation.
   •   End with black slide - Insert a blank, black slide to the end of the presentation.



MASTER SLIDES
Slide Master
Change the style of all slides in the presentation by changing the properties on the Slide
Master. Each Design Template has its own Slide Master that can be altered. If you create
slides from scratch, a consistent style can be added to the presentation by formatting the
Slide Master.




       •    Select View|Master|Slide Master from the menu bar.


                                  168
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           168
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




       •    Format the master slide just as you would format a regular slide by formatting
            text, formatting lists, adding background patterns and effects, and setting
            footers.
       •    Click the Close button on the Master toolbar to quit editing the master slide
            and return to the presentation.


Headers and Footers
   • Add the date and time, slide numbers, and other footer text to the master slide
      from the Header and Footer window.
   • Select View|Header and Footer... from the menu bar.




                                  169
           EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                        (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           169
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Check the Date and time box to add this feature to the slide. Select Update automatically
to always display the current date and time or click Fixed and enter a date that will not
change in the text field provided.

   •   Check the Slide number box to add this feature to the slides.
   •   Click the Footer box and add other text to the footer area of the slide.
   •   Check the Don't show on title slide box to hide these features on the title slide of
       the presentation.
   • Click the Notes and Handouts tab to make the same changes to notes and
       handouts pages.
   • Click Apply to All to add the changes to every slide or Apply to add only to the
       current slide.
   Slide Numbers
   • To add the slide numbers in a fixed position on the slide, use the Header and
       Footer window detailed above. The slide number can otherwise be added
       anywhere on the slide by placing the cursor where the slide number should appear
       and selecting Insert|Slide Number from the menu bar. The text of the slide
       number can the formatting just as regular text style is changed.



Date and Time


                               170
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           170
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
A date and/or time can also be added using the Header and Footer window or anywhere
else on the slide. Place the cursor where the date and time should appear on the slide and
select Insert|Date and Time from the menu bar. Select a format from the Available
formats box and click Update automatically if this feature should always be updated to
reflect the current date and time. Click OK to finish.




SAVING AND PRINTING
Save as Web Page
Presentations can be saved by selecting File|Save from the menu bar. However, if you
want to post Power Point presentations on the Internet, you may want to save them as
web pages so students and other visitors to your web site can view the presentation even
if they do not have Power Point installed on their computers. Select File|Save As Web
Page from the menu bar. Choose your web page directory on the network from the Look
in: drop-down menu and name the file in the File name: box. Click Save to save the
presentation in web format.
Page Setup
Select File|Page Setup from the menu bar to access options for printing the presentation
slides. Select the format the printed slides will be used for from the Slides sized for drop-
down menu or enter a specific print size using the Width and Height boxes. Select the
page orientation for the slides and for other print material from the presentation in the
Orientation section.




                                171
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            171
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Print
Select File|Print from the menu bar to print the presentation.




Print range - Select All to print all the slides in the presentation, Current slide to print
only the current slide, or enter slide numbers in the Slides field to print only certain
slides.
                                              172
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                                 (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                             172
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Copies - Enter the number of copies of each slide specified in Print range and check the
Collate box if necessary.
Print What -
    • Slides prints a full-page slide on each page.
    • Handouts prints as many slides as you designate on each page.
    • Notes Page prints one slide with that slide's notes on each page
    • Outline view prints the outline of the presentation
Click OK to print.

TIPS
Design Tips
   • Keep text simple and easy to read by not using many different text effects such as
      bold, italics, , larger font size for emphasis within a sentence, or a different font
      all on the same slide.
   • Use contrasting colors for the text and the background so the text will be easy to
      read.
   • Use font size large enough to be seen from the back of the room where the
      presentation will be held. A font size of 24-point or larger is recommended.
   • Use short phrases and sentences to convey your message.
   • Use simple slide transitions. Too many different transitions will distract your
      audience from the subject of the presentation.
   • Avoid cluttering the slides with too much text or graphics. Your audience should
      hear what you have to say and not be distracted by a busy screen.
   • Keep text simple and easy to read by not using many different text effects such as
      bold, italics, underlining, larger font size for emphasis within a sentence, or a
      different font all on the same slide.


Presentation Basics

   •   Begin the slide show by clicking the Slide Show button on the bottom of the
        screen.
   •    Move to the next slide by pressing the SPACE BAR, ENTER, PAGE DOWN, or
         right arrow keys or by clicking the left mouse button.
   •     Go back to the previous slide by pressing BACKSPACE, PAGE UP, or the left
         arrow key.
   •     To end the slideshow before it is complete press ESC on the keyboard.
   •     A pen tool is available for drawing on the screen with the mouse. Press CTRL+P
          or click the right mouse button at any time and a popup window will appear.
          Choose Pen and the pointer will change to a pen that allows you to draw freehand
          on the screen using the mouse. Press the E key to erase all pen strokes. Press
          CTRL+A to disable the pen feature and revert the pen back to a pointer arrow.

                                173
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            173
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)

   •   If you would like to use the pen to draw on a blank screen during a presentation,
       press the B or W keys, or select Screen/Black Screen from the popup menu and
       the screen will turn black. Press B or W again or choose Next from the popup
       menu to return to the presentation when you are finished drawing.
   •   To hide the pointer and button from the screen press the A key.
   •   Be sure to preview the slide show using a projector if one will be used during the
       presentation. The projector may cut off words or graphics that are close to the
       edge of the screen.




Unit-5

INTRODUCTION TO MICROSOFT-OUTLOOK
Outlook Express is an e-mail/news client that was included with Internet Explorer
versions Internet Explorer 4.0 through 6.0. As such, it was also bundled with several
versions of Microsoft Windows, from Windows 98 to Windows XP, and was available
for Windows 95 and Mac OS 9. In Windows Vista, Outlook Express is replaced with
Windows Mail. Windows Live Mail has since been released as the successor to Outlook
Express and Windows Mail. Microsoft Entourage, sold as part of Microsoft Office for
                                            174
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                               (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           174
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Macintosh, has replaced the Macintosh version.
Outlook Express is a different application from Microsoft Office Outlook. The two
programs do not share a common codebase, but do share a common architectural
philosophy. The similar names lead many people to incorrectly conclude that Outlook
Express is a stripped-down version of Microsoft Office Outlook. Outlook Express uses
the Windows Address Book to store contact information and integrates tightly with it.



  Creating A New Account
You've opened up Outlook Express, but now you want to create a new account. Here are
the basic easy steps to create a new account with Outlook Express. First, before we start,
I'm assuming you have an email account that you want to set up. There are many free
email places out there at the moment. The easiest to set up is www.hotmail.com and it is
a subsidiary of Microsoft. Here are the basic steps to set up a POP3 or IMAP email
account with Outlook Express:
Step One:
Turn on your computer (sorry I couldn't resist it). Okay first step:




You open Outlook Express then to the Tools Tab at the top. Look at the picture above.
Scroll down to Accounts and click it.

Step Two:



                               175
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           175
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




This new box will open once you complete step one. You go to the add button and
highlight Mail. See above picture.

Step Three:




The first thing they'll ask you is for you Display Name. This will be the name that will
appear when you send mail to others. I would suggest, unless this is a business email and
your name is needed, that you use an alias, nickname, or clipped version of your name.
You'll be sending emails to many people in your daily use and you might not want them
all knowing your real name. So fill this in the way you chose.

Step Four:




                               176
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          176
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




This will be the email address that others will us when sending emails back to you. Just
fill in your email address here. See above picture.

Step Five:




The next section involves the pop3, IMAP, or HTTP settings for your mail server. Most
Internet Service Providers will provide you with the necessary information to fill in here.
Incoming and Outgoing is almost always the same server. Just fill in the appropriate
fields.
Step Six:




                                177
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            177
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




Account name and Password. These are the username you have for you email account
and the password. Make sure to tick the box that says Remember Password if you don't
want to type in your password every time you connect.
Step Seven:




Click Finish -




Step Seven:

                                178
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                    SEC-7, DWARKA
                                         178
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                       (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




 Click Finish -


   Email - How to Send Emails
  Sending an email is pretty easy, but lets assume you don't know how to send an email in Outlook
Express. Here is a brief discussion on how to send out an email.




 This above picture will show you the basic layout of a new email. Just fill in the To: with an email
                                           179
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                                (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            179
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
address. Fill in the Subject: With some subject. In the big white area is where you write the actual letter.
Once you're done with your emails just click send. Now there are a few options that you have in this
email window, I won't do all, but will show you some of the basics.
First. Spelling. Before sending your email you should just run the spell checker over your email. Why
send out an email with typos and spelling errors. Just click the red check with spelling underneath it.
The paper clip Icon that has attached below it...that's what you would click if you wanted to include a file,
picture, etc to this email. This will open a box that will tell you to browse for the file that you want to
include with this email. Remember files that are too big will be rejected by some email servers. A
general rule is no files over 1mb big. Most free email places won't allow files bigger than that...but if
you're renting webspace or this is an ISP email, they file size can be bigger.
See that To: ? Well, if you click on it, it will open your address book and allow you to include a contact
instantly into your email. The same goes with the CC: button...so you can send one email to multiple
people.

Adding People to Your Address Book

   Adding people to your address book is a very simple thing to do and will save your
old grey matter from straining to remember people's email addresses.
Step One:


Click on this button:
Step Two:




 This is the window that will open once you click that Addresses button. This has very
basic controls and easy to understand. To add a new person to your contact list all you
                                          180
          EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                                (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            180
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
have to do is click New. If you want to see the properties of a profile you already have,
just click the Properties Button. If you want to remove that lousy friend from your
Address Book, just click Delete. Find People (if you're really popular) will help you go
through your address book quickly.
Step Three:
Click New in step two and then click New Contact then fill in this information below:




There are a number of bits of information that you can include here. Just fill in the
information you want for the person you want to add to your address book and then click
OK. There, you've added a contact to your address book.


 Email - How to Send Emails
Sending an email is pretty easy, but lets assume you don't know how to send an email in Outlook Express.
Here is a brief discussion on how to send out an email




                               181
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                           181
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




                           .

This above picture will show you the basic layout of a new email. Just fill in the To: with an email
address. Fill in the Subject: With some subject. In the big white area is where you write the actual letter.
Once you're done with your emails just click send. Now there are a few options that you have in this
email window, I won't do all, but will show you some of the basics.
First. Spelling. Before sending your email you should just run the spell checker over your email. Why
send out an email with typos and spelling errors. Just click the red check with spelling underneath it.
The paper clip Icon that has attached below it...that's what you would click if you wanted to include a file,
picture, etc to this email. This will open a box that will tell you to browse for the file that you want to
include with this email. Remember files that are too big will be rejected by some email servers. A
general rule is no files over 1mb big. Most free email places won't allow files bigger than that...but if
you're renting webspace or this is an ISP email, they file size can be bigger.
See that To: ? Well, if you click on it, it will open your address book and allow you to include a contact
instantly into your email. The same goes with the CC: button...so you can send one email to multiple
people.
Adding People to Your Address Book

   Adding people to your address book is a very simple thing to do and will save your old grey matter
from straining to remember people's email addresses.
Step One:


Click on this button:
Step Two:




                                182
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            182
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)




 This is the window that will open once you click that Addresses button. This has very basic controls and
easy to understand. To add a new person to your contact list all you have to do is click New. If you want
to see the properties of a profile you already have, just click the Properties Button. If you want to remove
that lousy friend from your Address Book, just click Delete. Find People (if you're really popular) will
help you go through your address book quickly.
Step Three:
Click New in step two and then click New Contact then fill in this information below:




There are a number of bits of information that you can include here. Just fill in the information you want
for the person you want to add to your address book and then click OK. There, you've added a contact to
your address book.
                                183
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            183
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)



 Email - How to Send Emails
Sending an email is pretty easy, but lets assume you don't know how to send an email in Outlook Epress.
Here is a brief discussion on how to send out an




email.


This above picture will show you the basic layout of a new email. Just fill in the To: with an email
address. Fill in the Subject: With some subject. In the big white area is where you write the actual letter.
Once you're done with your emails just click send. Now there are a few options that you have in this
email window, I won't do all, but will show you some of the basics.
First. Spelling. Before sending your email you should just run the spell checker over your email. Why
send out an email with typos and spelling errors. Just click the red check with spelling underneath it.
The paper clip Icon that has attached below it...that's what you would click if you wanted to include a file,
picture, etc to this email. This will open a box that will tell you to browse for the file that you want to
include with this email. Remember files that are too big will be rejected by some email servers. A
general rule is no files over 1mb big. Most free email places won't allow files bigger than that...but if
you're renting webspace or this is an ISP email, they file size can be bigger.
See that To: ? Well, if you click on it, it will open your address book and allow you to include a contact
instantly into your email. The same goes with the CC: button...so you can send one email to multiple
people.

                            Creating A Signature File
   Signature files are little text attachments that are added to every one of
your emails. You would use this if you have a quote that you really liked, a
poem that you wanted to have as a little ending file, or even some advertising
                                184
         EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                      (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                       SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            184
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
for a website you might have. You can have more than one signature file, but
can only use one at a time. Here is the way to create a signature file.
Step One:




Go to Tools--->Options and Click:

Step Two:




Go to the signature tab and click new

                               185
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                        SEC-7, DWARKA
                                            185
EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
Step Three:




Fill in the text box with any message you want to include at the end of your
emails and click OK. You can create as many signature files as you want so
you can change them randomly, etc. depending on your mood.




                               186
        EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
                     (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY)
                                      SEC-7, DWARKA
                                          186

More Related Content

PDF
Computer fundamentals & window based application
PDF
Computer fundamentals & window based application
DOC
Cv Faisal Jamil
PDF
Gardner pg192 197
PPTX
Computer education presentation - ARCH 383
PDF
Profile of Dr. Brojo Kishore Mishra
PDF
KaramCV
PDF
Infor bullet-mba-2011-12
Computer fundamentals & window based application
Computer fundamentals & window based application
Cv Faisal Jamil
Gardner pg192 197
Computer education presentation - ARCH 383
Profile of Dr. Brojo Kishore Mishra
KaramCV
Infor bullet-mba-2011-12

Viewers also liked (6)

DOC
Principles & practices of management
PDF
Programming in c
DOC
Communication skill
PDF
Book
PDF
Book
PDF
Book
Principles & practices of management
Programming in c
Communication skill
Book
Book
Book
Ad

Similar to Computer system and peripherals (20)

PDF
Operating system 1
PPT
Module-1.ppt operating system unit 1 notes
PPTX
Operating system Chapter One
PPTX
Week1_Introduction to_Operating System - Part 2.pptx
PDF
Unit 4 Real Time Operating System
PPT
Advanced_OS_Unit 1 & 2.ppt
PPTX
2. Unit 1_Types of Opertaing Systems.pptx
PPT
Module 1 Introduction.ppt
PPT
Basics of Operating System
PPT
Introduction of os and types
PPTX
module 1-1.pptx
PPTX
OS.pptx
PPT
unit1 part1.ppt
PPTX
Operating System Introduction
PPTX
introduce computer .pptx
PPTX
Introduction _to_ OperatingSystem_1.pptx
PPTX
Nt introduction(os)
PPT
1 os_intro.pptThis is the presentation we use to delever in Amity University
PDF
Operating System.pdf topic of interprocess comunication
PPTX
list of all Functions of operating system.pptx
Operating system 1
Module-1.ppt operating system unit 1 notes
Operating system Chapter One
Week1_Introduction to_Operating System - Part 2.pptx
Unit 4 Real Time Operating System
Advanced_OS_Unit 1 & 2.ppt
2. Unit 1_Types of Opertaing Systems.pptx
Module 1 Introduction.ppt
Basics of Operating System
Introduction of os and types
module 1-1.pptx
OS.pptx
unit1 part1.ppt
Operating System Introduction
introduce computer .pptx
Introduction _to_ OperatingSystem_1.pptx
Nt introduction(os)
1 os_intro.pptThis is the presentation we use to delever in Amity University
Operating System.pdf topic of interprocess comunication
list of all Functions of operating system.pptx
Ad

More from edudivya (20)

PDF
Book
PDF
Data structures
PDF
Database management system
PDF
Computer system and peripherals
PDF
Database management system
PDF
Operating systems
PDF
Data structures
PDF
Communication skills in english
PDF
Maths
PDF
Database management system
PDF
Computer organisation nd architecture
PDF
C++123
PDF
Marketing
PDF
Managerial economics
PDF
Communication skills in english
PDF
Result online june july 11
PDF
Ksou need result june july exam session
PDF
Ksou need result june july exam session
PDF
Ksou examination datesheet jan 201
DOC
Marketing
Book
Data structures
Database management system
Computer system and peripherals
Database management system
Operating systems
Data structures
Communication skills in english
Maths
Database management system
Computer organisation nd architecture
C++123
Marketing
Managerial economics
Communication skills in english
Result online june july 11
Ksou need result june july exam session
Ksou need result june july exam session
Ksou examination datesheet jan 201
Marketing

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
GDM (1) (1).pptx small presentation for students
PPTX
Cell Types and Its function , kingdom of life
PDF
Sports Quiz easy sports quiz sports quiz
PPTX
master seminar digital applications in india
PDF
Anesthesia in Laparoscopic Surgery in India
PDF
grade 11-chemistry_fetena_net_5883.pdf teacher guide for all student
PDF
Module 4: Burden of Disease Tutorial Slides S2 2025
PDF
2.FourierTransform-ShortQuestionswithAnswers.pdf
PDF
VCE English Exam - Section C Student Revision Booklet
PPTX
Institutional Correction lecture only . . .
PDF
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ 4 KỸ NĂNG TIẾNG ANH 9 GLOBAL SUCCESS - CẢ NĂM - BÁM SÁT FORM Đ...
PDF
Supply Chain Operations Speaking Notes -ICLT Program
PDF
ANTIBIOTICS.pptx.pdf………………… xxxxxxxxxxxxx
PDF
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
PDF
The Lost Whites of Pakistan by Jahanzaib Mughal.pdf
PPTX
1st Inaugural Professorial Lecture held on 19th February 2020 (Governance and...
PDF
Microbial disease of the cardiovascular and lymphatic systems
PPTX
PPH.pptx obstetrics and gynecology in nursing
PPTX
IMMUNITY IMMUNITY refers to protection against infection, and the immune syst...
PDF
Saundersa Comprehensive Review for the NCLEX-RN Examination.pdf
GDM (1) (1).pptx small presentation for students
Cell Types and Its function , kingdom of life
Sports Quiz easy sports quiz sports quiz
master seminar digital applications in india
Anesthesia in Laparoscopic Surgery in India
grade 11-chemistry_fetena_net_5883.pdf teacher guide for all student
Module 4: Burden of Disease Tutorial Slides S2 2025
2.FourierTransform-ShortQuestionswithAnswers.pdf
VCE English Exam - Section C Student Revision Booklet
Institutional Correction lecture only . . .
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ 4 KỸ NĂNG TIẾNG ANH 9 GLOBAL SUCCESS - CẢ NĂM - BÁM SÁT FORM Đ...
Supply Chain Operations Speaking Notes -ICLT Program
ANTIBIOTICS.pptx.pdf………………… xxxxxxxxxxxxx
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
The Lost Whites of Pakistan by Jahanzaib Mughal.pdf
1st Inaugural Professorial Lecture held on 19th February 2020 (Governance and...
Microbial disease of the cardiovascular and lymphatic systems
PPH.pptx obstetrics and gynecology in nursing
IMMUNITY IMMUNITY refers to protection against infection, and the immune syst...
Saundersa Comprehensive Review for the NCLEX-RN Examination.pdf

Computer system and peripherals

  • 1. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Unit-1 To Understand the Basics of The Computer Hello! Students, in today’s information age, computers are Being used in every occupation. They are used by people of all age and profession, in their work as well as their leisure. This new social age have changed the basic concept of’ computing’. Computing, in today’s information age, is no more limited to computer programmers and computer engineers. Rather than knowing how to program a computer, most computer users simply need to understand how computer functions so in this lecture I will be discussing with you about this versatile tool, why is it so powerful and useful, its history and you will also be briefed about the classification of computers its devices in my today’s lecture. What is a Computer? A computer is an electronic machine that accepts information, stores it until the information is needed, processes the information according to the instructions provided by the user, and finally returns the results to the user. The computer can store and manipulate large quantities of data at very high speed, but a computer cannot think. A computer makes decisions based on simple comparisons such as one number being larger than another. Although the computer can help solve a tremendous variety of problems, it is simply a machine. It can not solve problems on its own. Computer Tasks 1 Input 2 Storage 3 Processing 4 Output When a computer is asked to do a job, it handles the task in a very special way. 1. It accepts the information from the user. This is called input. 2. It stored the information until it is ready for use. The computer has memory chips, which are designed to hold information until it is needed. 3. It processes the information. The computer has an electronic brain called the Central Processing Unit, which is responsible for processing all data and instructions given to the Computer. 4. It then returns the processed information to the user. This is called output. Every computer has special parts to do each of the jobs listed above. Whether it is a multi- million dollar mainframe or a thousand dollar personal computer, it has the following four Components, Input, Memory, Central Processing, and Output. The central processing unit is made up of many components, but two of them are worth mentioning at this point. These are the arithmetic and logic unit and the control unit. The control unit controls the electronic flow of information around the computer. The arithmetic and logic unit, ALU, is responsible for mathematical calculations and logical comparisons. Input Devices EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF1PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 1
  • 2. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 1 · Keyboard 2 · Mouse 3 · Scanner 4 · Microphone 5 · CD-ROM 6 · Joystick OPERATING SYSTEM A program that acts as an intermediary between a user of a computer and the computer hardware. Operating system goals: 1. Execute user programs and make solving user problems easier. 2. Make the computer system convenient to use 3. Use the computer hardware in an efficient manner. COMPUTER SYSTEM STRUCTURE Computer system can be divided into four components 1. Hardware – provides basic computing resources a. CPU, memory, I/O devices 2. Operating system b. Controls and coordinates use of hardware among various applications and users 3. Application programs – define the ways in which the system resources are used to solve the computing problems of the users c. Word processors, compilers, web browsers, database systems, video games 4. Users d. People, machines, other computers EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF2PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 2
  • 3. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) COMPUTER SYSTEM DEFINATION OS is a resource allocator 1. Manages all resources. 2. Decides between conflicting requests for efficient and fair resource use. OS is a control program 1. Controls execution of programs to prevent errors and improper use of the computer. COMPUTERSYSTEM SATRTUP Bootstrap program is loaded at power-up or reboot- 1. Typically stored in ROM or EPROM, generally known as firmware. 2. Initialized all aspects of system. 3. Loads operating system kernel and starts execution. COMPUTER SYSTEM ORGANIZATION Computer-system operation- 1. One or more CPUs, device controllers connect through common bus providing access to shared memory 2. Concurrent execution of CPUs and devices competing for memory cycles COMPUTER SYSTEM OPERATION 1. I/O devices and the CPU can execute concurrently. 2. Each device controller is in charge of a particular device type. 3. Each device controller has a local buffer. 4. CPU moves data from/to main memory to/from local buffers 5. I/O is from the device to local buffer of controller. 6. Device controller informs CPU that it has finished its operation by causing an interrupt. OPERATING SYSTEM STRUCTURE Multiprogramming needed for efficiency- EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF3PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 3
  • 4. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 1. Single user cannot keep CPU and I/O devices busy at all times. 2. Multiprogramming organizes jobs (code and data) so CPU always has one to execute. 3. A subset of total jobs in system is kept in memory. 4. One job selected and run via job scheduling. 5. When it has to wait (for I/O for example), OS switches to another job. Timesharing (multitasking) is logical extension in which CPU switches jobs so frequently that users can interact with each job while it is running, creating interactive computing. 1. Response time should be < 1 second. 2. Each user has at least one program executing in memory process. 3. If several jobs ready to run at the same time CPU scheduling. 4. If processes don’t fit in memory, swapping moves them in and out to run. 5. Virtual memory allows execution of processes not completely in memory. PROCESS MANAGEMENT 1. A process is a program in execution. It is a unit of work within the system. Program is a passive entity, process is an active entity. 2. Process needs resources to accomplish its task • CPU, memory, I/O, files • Initialization data 3. Process termination requires reclaim of any reusable resources 4. Single-threaded process has one program counter specifying location of next instruction to execute • Process executes instructions sequentially, one at a time, until completion 5. Multi-threaded process has one program counter per thread 6. Typically system has many processes, some user, some operating system running concurrently on one or more CPUs • Concurrency by multiplexing the CPUs among the processes / threads MEMORY MANAGEMENT 1. All data in memory before and after processing. 2. All instructions in memory in order to execute. 3. Memory management determines what is in memory when. • Optimizing CPU utilization and computer response to users. 4. Memory management activities- • Keeping track of which parts of memory are currently being used and by whom. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF4PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 4
  • 5. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Deciding which processes (or parts thereof) and data to move into and out of memory • Allocating and deallocating memory space as needed. STORAGE MANAGEMENT OS provides uniform, logical view of information storage- • Abstracts physical properties to logical storage unit - file • Each medium is controlled by device (i.e., disk drive, tape drive) • Varying properties include access speed, capacity, and data-transfer rate, access method (sequential or random) File-System management- • Files usually organized into directories • Access control on most systems to determine who can access what • OS activities include. • Creating and deleting files and directories. • Primitives to manipulate files and dirs. • Mapping files onto secondary storage. • Backup files onto stable (non-volatile) storage media. OPERATING-SYSTEM STRUCTURES 1. Operating System Services 2. User Operating System Interface 3. System Calls 4. Types of System Calls 5. System Programs 6. Operating System Design and Implementation 7. Operating System Structure 8. Virtual Machines 9. Operating System Generation 10. System Boot SERVICES OF OPERATING SYSTEM One set of operating-system services provides functions that are helpful to the user: User interface - Almost all operating systems have a user interface (UI)Varies between Command-Line (CLI), Graphics User Interface (GUI). Program execution - The system must be able to load a program into memory and to run that program, end execution, either normally or abnormally (indicating error) I/O operations - A running program may require I/O, which may involve a file or an I/O EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF5PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 5
  • 6. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) device. File-system manipulation - The file system is of particular interest. Obviously, programs need to read and write files and directories, create and delete them, search them, list file Information, permission management. Communications – Processes may exchange information, on the same computer or between computers over a network Communications may be via shared memory or through message passing (packets moved by the OS) Error detection – OS needs to be constantly aware of possible errors. May occur in the CPU and memory hardware, in I/O devices, in user program. For each type of error, OS should take the appropriate action to ensure correct and consistent computing Debugging facilities can greatly enhance the user’s and programmer’s abilities to efficiently use the system. Another set of OS functions exists for ensuring the efficient operation of the system itself via resource sharing. Resource allocation - When multiple users or multiple jobs running concurrently, resources must be allocated to each of them. Many types of resources - Some (such as CPU cycles, main memory, and file storage) may have special allocation code, others (such as I/O devices) may have general request and release code. Accounting - To keep track of which users use how much and what kinds of computer resources Protection and security - The owners of information stored in a multi-user or networked computer system may want to control use of that information, concurrent processes should not interfere with each other. Protection involves ensuring that all access to system resources is controlled. Security of the system from outsiders requires user authentication, extends to defending external I/O devices from invalid access attempts If a system is to be protected and secure, precautions must be instituted throughout it. A chain is only as strong as its weakest link. SYSTEM BOOT Operating system must be made available to hardware so hardware can start it • Small piece of code – bootstrap loader, locates the kernel, loads it into memory, and starts it • Sometimes two-step process where boot block at fixed location loads bootstrap loader • When power initialized on system, execution starts at a fixed memory location EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF6PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 6
  • 7. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Firmware used to hold initial boot code. INRODUCTION TO DOS DOS stands for Disk Operating System. DOS controls the computer’s hardware and provides an environment for programs to run. This system program must always be present when working with your computer. Why You Need DOS There are a variety of reasons why you need DOS. A few of them are listed below to satisfy your curiosity. 1. DOS controls the flow of information between you and the computer (translator). 2. DOS allows you to store information on your computer. 3. DOS allows you to retrieve information stored on your computer. 4. DOS interprets and translates the software you have on your computer. 5. DOS gives you access to all its function (i.e. saving, copying, and printing files). Set the Date and Time Most computers on campus have an internal clock that will automatically set the date and time for you when you turn the computer on. However, if your computer does not have this feature or your computer has two floppy drives, you will need to do the following steps to set the date and time. Directions: 1. Type the date like this: 1-15-97 2. Press the return key (enter key). 3. Type the time like this: 8:46 4. Press return. 5. Notice that the C:> prompt will appear. DOS marks the date and time on everything you do. It is important to periodically check the date and time if you have an internal clock to see if it is correct. If you have a two floppy system, it is important to enter the correct date and time when you turn the computer on. . Check the Date and Time DOS will let you check or change the date and time once it has been set. The procedure to do this is as follows: Directions: 1. Type: date and press return. 2. If the correct date is displayed, simply press return. If the date is incorrect, type the correct date and press return. 3. Type: time and press return. 4. If the correct time is displayed, simply press return. If the time is incorrect, type the correct time and press return. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF7PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 7
  • 8. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Directory Command The DIRECTORY command is like a table of contents in a book. This directory will list the following information: • Filenames • File extensions • Size of each file • Date and time the file was last updated. Directions: 1. At the C :> type: dir and press return. 2. The list of files will scroll up and off the screen. NOTE: At the end of the listing, there is a line that shows the number of bytes free on the hard drive. Scroll through the Directory Listing When you type the DIR command and press return, the files begin to scroll vertically on your screen. If you have a lot of files it is difficult to read each one. By holding down the Control Key (CTRL) and the letter S at the same time, you are able to freeze the listing to view your files. When you are finished, press the spacebar for the list to continue. NOTE: You must return to the C :> before entering your next command. Pause a Directory Listing You can add a PAUSE command to your directory command which will allow you to view your directory one screen at a time. Directions: 1. Type: dir/p and press return. 2. The screen freezes after it fills the screen with the files that are listed first in the directory. 3. Press the spacebar to continue listing you files. 4. Continue to press the spacebar until you return back to the C:> prompt. View a Wide Listing of Files When you need to quickly view your files, you can add a /W to the directory command. This will display your files into five columns on the screen. Directions: 1. Type: dir/w and press return. 2. DOS will list only the name of you file and the file extension on the screen. NOTE: Use this command when you are not concerned with looking at the file size or the date it was created. Recall a DOS Command EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF8PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 8
  • 9. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) The F3 function key can be used to recall the last DOS command you typed in. If you would like to retrieve a previously entered command, you can also press the up arrow key continuously until you reach the desired command you were looking for. NOTE: You can also type out each letter in your last command by using the right arrow key or the right cursor key. After you use the F3 key to recall a command, you can use the backspace key to edit any part of the command or add to your command. Print a Directory Listing You can print a list of your files in your directory by instructing DOS to send the information to your printer. Directions: 1. Type: dir>prn and press return. 2. The > symbol stands for output. The PRN stands for printer. NOTE: You can print a wide listing of your files by typing dir/w>prn Laser jet printers and other sheet feeder printers will not eject the page after the dir>prn command. You must take the printer off-line and press the form feed button. Remember to press the on-line button when you are done in order to continue using the printer. Check for a Single File Instead of using the directory command to look for one particular file, you can type the name of the file after the DIR command at the C:> prompt. Directions: 1. Make sure that you are at your C:> prompt. 2. Type: dir format.com (filename. extension) and press return. 3. The screen will display a listing of the file or a file not found message. Check for a Group of Files The * symbol is referred to as a wildcard and stands for any character or group of characters. This is helpful when you want to list files that start with a particular letter or group. Directions: 1. Type: dir c* and press return. 2. All filenames that begin with the letter C will be listed. 3. Press the F3 key. 4. Backspace twice and replace C* with A* and press return. 5. All filenames that begin with the letter A are listed. List Files with the Same Extensions You can also use the wildcard character * to look for a group of files with the same extension. Directions: EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF9PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 9
  • 10. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 1. Type: dir *.bat and press return. 2. All files with the .bat extension are listed. 3. Press the F3 key. 4. Backspace three times and replace the .bat extension with the .sys extension and press return. 5. All files with the .sys extension should now be listed. Clear the Screen When the screen get full of information, you may want to clear it. To do this, type CLS at the C:> prompt and press return. Create a File with DOS Directions: 1. Type: copy con Quick.ltr and press return. 2. Type this message in the following format: Bob Sales are up 15%. Good Job! Craig 3. Press the F6 function key (^Z) and press return. 4. DOS gives you a message that 1 File(s) has been copied. 5. Type: dir q* and press return. 6. Now you can see the list of files beginning with the letter Q. NOTE: You can also use the COPY command to print a file by typing: copy quick.ltr prn and press return. Copy a File You can use the COPY command to copy one file to another. Directions: 1. Type: copy quick.ltr quick2.ltr and press return. 2. DOS will tell you one file has been copied. 3. Type: dir q* and press return. 4. You should have two files listed with different names. NOTE: Filenames cannot be more than eight characters in length. File extensions cannot be more than three characters in length. Copy a File with a New Extension 10 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 10
  • 11. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) You can also use the COPY command to copy the file with a different filename extension. Directions: 1. Type: copy quick.ltr quick.bac and press return. 2. Type: dir q* and press return. 3. Three files should be listed. Type a File with DOS If you need to check the contents of a particular file or any DOS file, you will need to use the TYPE command. Directions: 1. Type: type quick2.ltr and press return. 2. DOS prints the contents of the file. NOTE: Never use the TYPE command with files that have the .com, .exe, .sys, and .bas extensions. These are program files and will only display junk on the screen. Rename a File The RENAME command lets you rename a previous file with a new name. Directions: 1. Type: ren quick2.ltr sales.ltr and press return. 2. Type: dir *.ltr and press return. 3. DOS lists only two files that have the .ltr extension: quick.ltr and sales.ltr. Rename a Group of Files With the wildcard character *, you can also use the RENAME command to change a group of files. Directions: 1. Type: ren *.ltr *.bob and press return. 2. Type: dir *.bob and press return. 3. You should have two files listed with a .bob extension. 4. Type: dir *.ltr and press return. 5. There should be no files found with .ltr extensions. NOTE: You can also rename a group of files that have the same name but different extensions. Type the RENAME command then the filename followed by the dot and the wildcard, space and then type the new filename followed by a dot and the wildcard character. It will look like this: filename.* newfilename.* Create a Subdirectory 11 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 11
  • 12. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) To create a subdirectory, you will need to use the MAKE DIRECTORY command, a.k.a. MD. The MD command is useful for organizing files on your hard drive. With subdirectories, you can create and store related files together. For example, one subdirectory could be used to store all word processing files and another for all spreadsheet files. Directions: 1. Type: md info and press return. 2. Type: dir *. and press return. 3. Notice the *. will list only the subdirectories. Move to a Subdirectory Once you have created a subdirectory, to move to that directory, you will use the CHANGE DIRECTORY command, a.k.a. CD. Directions: 1. Type: cd info and press return. 2. Type: cd and press return. 3. The name of the directory is listed. Set the DOS Prompt You can set or change the standard system prompt to display the name of the directory or subdirectory you are currently working in. Directions: 1. Type: prompt $p $g and press return. 2. The DOS prompt tells you that you are working in the C directory (drive) and in the Info subdirectory. 3. Type: dir and press return. 4. The single dot stands for the current directory. The double dots stand for the parent directory (root). The dots are often referred to as place markers. Move to the Parent Directory DOS has a quick way to move from the current directory back to the parent directory. Directions: 1. Type: cd.. and press return. 2. You will return back to the C:> prompt. Copy a File into a Subdirectory The COPY command lets you copy files from one directory to another. Directions: 12 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 12
  • 13. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 1. Type: copy sales.bob info and press return. 2. Type: dir info and press return. 3. Notice that a copy of Sales.bob is copied into the subdirectory Info. The original file is also in the root directory. Copy a Group of Files into a Subdirectory When copying a group of files from the root directory into a subdirectory, it is necessary to use the wildcard character * along with the COPY command. Directions: 1. Type: copy quick.* info and press return. 2. DOS will list the files being copied. 3. Type: dir info and press return. 4. Three files should be listed in the Info subdirectory. List Files in a Subdirectory The CHANGE DIRECTORY, a.k.a. CD, command will let you list files in your subdirectory from your hard drive. Directions: 1. Type: cd info and press return. 2. Type: dir and press return. 3. All files in the Info subdirectory are listed. List Files in the Root from a Subdirectory The DIRECTORY command is also used to get a listing of all the files in the root directory while in a subdirectory. The backslash character represents the root directory. Directions: 1. Type: dir and press return. 2. All the files in the root directory are listed. Select the Directory List To look for a specific filename extension, you can use the SELECTED DIRECTORY command. Directions: 1. Type: dir *.bat and press return. 2. Only the files with the .bat extensions are listed. 3. Press the F3 key. 13 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 13
  • 14. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 4. Backspace three times. 5. Type: sys and press return. 6. Now only the files with the .sys extensions are listed. List Subdirectories Directions: 1. Type: dir *. and press return. 2. All the subdirectories are listed. NOTE: The backslash character directs DOS to read from the root directory. The *. Requests the listing of the subdirectories. Delete a Single File Periodically it is a good idea to delete files from the hard disk which are no longer needed or used. DOS makes it easy to remove these files with the DELETE command, a.k.a. DEL. Directions: 1. Type: cd.. And press return. 2. The prompt shows you that you are back in the root directory. 3. Type: del sales.bob and press return. 4. Type: dir Sales.bob and press return. 5. Sales.bob is no longer listed because it has been deleted. Delete a Group of Files By using the wildcard character * you can delete a group of files from you hard drive. Directions: 1. Type: del quick.* and press return. 2. Type: dir quick.* and press return. 3. All Quick files have been deleted. Delete all Files in a Subdirectory There are two rules you will need to follow before removing a subdirectory. RULE 1: All files in the subdirectory must be deleted. NOTE: Never type DEL *.* when you are in the root directory. It will destroy all DOS files that are necessary to boot and operate the computer. Directions: 1. Type: cd info and press return. 2. Type: dir and press return. 14 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 14
  • 15. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 3. Three files should be listed. 4. Type: del *.* and press return. 5. DOS will ask you if you are sure? (Y/N) 6. Type: Y and press enter. Now that your subdirectory is empty, you can delete the subdirectory (see rule 2 below). Remove a Subdirectory RULE 2: You cannot be in the subdirectory that you wish to remove. You will need to return to the root directory (C:> prompt). Directions: 1. Type: cd.. and press return. 2. You should be back in the root directory. 3. Type: rd info and press return. 4. Type: dir *. and press return. 5. Notice that the Info subdirectory is no longer listed. Format a Floppy Disk Before you can use a disk, you must format it. Directions: 1. At the C:> prompt type: format a: 2. The A drive will be the drive that you insert your disk into; hence, the a: after the Format command and press return. 3. You will be prompted with the message: "Insert new diskette for drive A: and press enter when ready." 4. Now insert the disk you wish to format and press return. 5. Once this formatting process is done, the following message will appear: "Format Completed." Then you will be prompted for a volume label. Simply press return again. 6. Now you will be asked if you would like to format another disk (Y/N)? Press N. NOTE: If you receive a message like: "Track 0 bad" or "Disk unusable," your disk may be the wrong capacity. You can get help with this error message by typing: Help Format. Change the Default Drive To change from your hard drive to a floppy drive, you will need to indicate this change as follows: Directions: 1. Put a floppy disk into drive A. 15 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 15
  • 16. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 2. Type: a: and press return. 3. Your prompt should change to A:> 4. Type: dir and press return. 5. You are now able to see all the files on the floppy. 6. To change back to your hard drive, you will need to reverse this procedure. 7. Type: c: and press return. Now your prompt should be C:> Diskcopy Command Sometimes there is a need to copy all the files on one floppy diskette to another floppy. First you will need a blank formatted disk (refer to section on formatting disks.) Directions: 1. Type: diskcopy a: a: and press return. 2. When asked to put in the source disk, put in the diskette that has the information you want to copy into drive A and press return. 3. Wait a few seconds. When asked to insert a target disk, take out the diskette from drive A and insert the blank floppy disk and press return. 4. Once this process is complete, you will be prompted to write to another duplicate diskette (Y/N). Press N. 5. Then you will be prompted to copy another disk (Y/N)? Press N. NOTE: If your machine has two floppy disk drives, insert the original (source) disk into drive A and the blank (target) disk into drive B. Then type: DISKCOPY A: B: Copying a File from the Hard Drive to a Floppy Disk Sometimes there is a need to copy a file from the hard drive onto a floppy disk. This is helpful if you would like to have an extra copy of a certain file as a backup or to transport the copied file to another computer. Directions: 1. Type: copy <insert filename here> a: and press return. 2. Wait for a few seconds; notice the red light on the floppy drive. Never attempt to remove a disk from the disk drive while this red light is on. 3. To check to see if the file was copied, type a: at the C:> prompt and press return. 4. Type: dir and press return. PC FIRMWARE- The PC BIOS is as old as the PC itself, while the acronym BIOS is even older, dating back to the CP/M operating system. BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) were one of the three primary components of CP/M, the other two being BDOS (Basic Disk Operating System) and CCP (Console Command Processor). Firmware may be defined as software 16 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 16
  • 17. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) residing in (or embedded in) hardware, such as some kind of a programmable read-only memory. Thus, typical BIOS is also a firmware, but every firmware is not considered a BIOS. We shall use the term BIOS for PC firmware. Here may be several pieces of firmware in a computer system, including "really low-level" ones that execute before the user-visible firmware. In a simplified view, we consider the firmware to be the one that is user-visible. We can think of this firmware as sitting atop the hardware. Both the boot loader and the operating system (for certain purposes, at least) interact with the firmware. Unit-2 MICROSOFT-WORD INTRODUCTION WORD PROCESSING WORD PROCESSING - 17 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 17
  • 18. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Let us consider an office scene. Many letters are typed in the office. The officer dictates a letter. The typist first types a draft copy of the letter. The officer goes through it to check mistakes regarding spelling errors, missing words, etc. and suggests corrections. The typist changes the letter as suggested by the officer. This is a simple example of word processing. There are many software packages to do the job of word processing. Some of them work in DOS environment. Examples are WordStar, Word Perfect and Professional Write. But in these days working in WINDOWS is becoming more and more popular. So let us consider software for word processing which works in WINDOWS. Our choice is MS-WORD because it is the most popular software in these days. MS-WORD is a part of the bigger package called MS OFFICE, which can do much more than word processing. In fact when you open up MS OFFICE you will find four main components in it. They are MS-WORD (for word processing), MS EXCEL (for spreadsheet), MS ACCESS (for database management) and MS POWERPOINT (for presentation purposes). However, we will limit ourselves to MS-WORD only in this lesson. WHAT IS WORD-PROCESSING? Word Processor is a Software package that enables you to create, edit, print and save documents for future retrieval and reference. Creating a document involves typing by using a keyboard and saving it. Editing a document involves correcting the spelling mistakes, if any, deleting or moving words sentences or paragraphs. (a) Advantages of Word Processing - One of the main advantages of a word processor over a conventional typewriter is that a word processor enables you to make changes to a document without retyping the entire document. (b) Features of Word Processing - Most Word Processor available today allows more than just creating and editing documents. They have wide range of other tools and functions, which are used in formatting the documents. The following are the main features of a Word Processor i) Text is typing into the computer, which allows alterations to be made easily. ii) Words and sentences can be inserted, amended or deleted. iii) Paragraphs or text can be copied /moved throughout the document. iv) Margins and page length can be adjusted as desired. v) Spelling can be checked and modified through the spell check facility. vi) Multiple document/files can be merged. vii) Multiple copies of letters can be generated with different addresses through 18 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 18
  • 19. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) the mail-merge facility. A word processor (more formally known as document preparation system) is a computer application used for the production (including composition, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) of any sort of printable material. Word processor may also refer to an obsolete type of stand-alone office machine, popular in the 1970s and 80s, combining the keyboard text-entry and printing functions of an electric typewriter with a dedicated computer for the editing of text. Although features and design varied between manufacturers and models, with new features added as technology advanced, word processors for several years usually featured a monochrome display and the ability to save documents on memory cards or diskettes. Later models introduced innovations such as spell-checking programs, increased formatting options, and dot-matrix printing. As the more versatile combination of a personal computer and separate printer became commonplace, the word processor disappeared. Word processors are descended from early text formatting tools (sometimes called text justification tools, from their only real capability). Word processing was one of the earliest applications for the personal computer in office productivity. Although early word processors used tag-based markup for document formatting, most modern word processors take advantage of a graphical user interface providing some form of What You See Is What You Get editing. Most are powerful systems consisting of one or more programs that can produce any arbitrary combination of images, graphics and text, the latter handled with type-setting capability. Microsoft Word is the most widely used computer word processing system; Microsoft estimates over five hundred million people use the Office suite, which includes Word. There are also many other commercial word processing applications, such as WordPerfect, which dominated the market from the mid-1980s to early-1990s, particularly for machines running Microsoft's MS-DOS operating system. Open-source applications such as Abiword, KWord, LyX and OpenOffice.org Writer are rapidly gaining in popularity.[citation needed] Online word processors such as Google Docs are a relatively new category. A spreadsheet is a computer application that simulates a paper worksheet. It displays multiple cells that together make up a grid consisting of rows and columns, each cell containing either alphanumeric text or numeric values. A spreadsheet cell may alternatively contain a formula that defines how the contents of that cell is to be calculated from the contents of any other cell (or combination of cells) each time any cell is updated. Spreadsheets are frequently used for financial information because of their ability to re-calculate the entire sheet automatically after a change to a single cell is made. GETTING STARTED WITH MS-WORD We have already told you that for working in Ms-Word you should be familiar with 19 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 19
  • 20. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) WINDOWS. If you have not covered WINDOWS so far then read that first and then go through MS-WORD. By now you must be aware of the fact that a software package is improved from time to time. These improvements are sold in the market as new versions of the same software. Thus you will find many versions of MS-WORD being used in different offices. In this lesson we will cover the version MS-WORD 97, which is latest in the market and contain many improvements over the older versions. However, you do not have to worry if you have an older version such as WORD 6.0 or WORD 95. All the commands available in these older versions are also available in WORD 97 and they are compatible. While working in MS-WORD you have to work with a mouse. Also one can work, to some extent, through the keyboard. The use of mouse is simpler as it is fully menu driven. In MS-WORD every command is available in the form of ‘icons’. You can go inside MS-WORD by the following way 1. Take the mouse pointer to START button on the task bar. Click the left mouse button. The monitor will show like as follows: START button TASK BAR click here clock Screen Layout 20 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 20
  • 21. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Menus - When you begin to explore Word 2000, you will notice a significant change in the menu structure if you are familiar with previous versions of Word. The menus in Word 2000 display only the commands you have recently used. To view all options in each menu, you must click the double arrows at the bottom of the menu. The images below show the Format menu collapsed (left) and expanded (right) after the double arrows at the bottom of the menu were clicked: 21 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 21
  • 22. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Follow the steps below to display menus similar to previous versions of Word with all the choices listed initially: 1 Select View|Toolbars|Customize from the menu bar. 2 Click on the Options tab. 3 Uncheck the Menus show recently used commands first check box. Shortcut Menus – These features allow you to access various Word commands faster than using the options on the menu bar. View shortcut menus by right-clicking with the mouse. The options on this menu will vary depending on the element that was right-clicked. For example, the shortcut menu below is produced by right-clicking on a bulleted list. 22 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 22
  • 23. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Actions such as "Decrease Indent" and "Increase Indent" are only applicable to lists and therefore only appear on the list shortcut menu. The shortcut menus are helpful because they only display the options that can be applied to the item that was right-clicked and, therefore, prevent searching through the many menu options. Toolbars Many toolbars displaying shortcut buttons are also available to make editing and formatting quicker and easier. Select View|Toolbars from the menu bar to select the toolbars. The toolbars that are already displayed on the screen are checked. Add a toolbar simply by clicking on the name. Customizing Toolbars There may be certain actions on a toolbar that you do not use and there may also be commands that you execute often but that are not located on any toolbar. Word toolbars can be customized so these commands can be added and deleted. Select View|Toolbars|Customize and click the Commands tab. 23 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 23
  • 24. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) By highlighting the command categories in the Categories box, the choices will change in the Commands box to the right. • Select the command you would like to add to the toolbar by selecting it in the Commands box. • Drag the command with the mouse to the desired location on the toolbar and release the mouse button. • Remove a button from the toolbar by clicking and dragging the button off the toolbar 2. FILES Creating and Opening Documents There are several ways to create new documents, open existing documents, and save documents in Word: Create a New Document 1 Click the New Document button on the menu bar. 2 Choose File|New from the menu bar. 3 Press CTRL+N (depress the CTRL key while pressing "N") on the keyboard. Open an Existing Document 1Click the Open File button on the menu bar. 2Choose File|Open from the menu bar. 3Press CTRL+O on the keyboard. 4Each method will show the Open dialog box. Choose the file and click the Open button. 24 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 24
  • 25. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Save a Document 1 Click the Save button on the menu bar. 2 Select File|Save from the menu bar. 3 Press CTRL+S on the keyboard. Renaming Documents To rename a Word document while using the program, select File|Open and find the file you want to rename. Right-click on the document name with the mouse and select Rename from the shortcut menu. Type the new name for the file and press the ENTER key. Working on Multiple Documents - Several documents can be opened simultaneously if you are typing or editing multiple 25 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 25
  • 26. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) documents at once. All open documents are listed under the Window menu as shown below. The current document has a checkmark beside the file name. Select another name to view another open document or click the button on the Windows taskbar at the bottom of the screen. Close a Document Close the current document by selecting File|Close or click the Close icon if it's visible on the Standard Toolbar. TEXT Typing and Inserting Text To enter text, just start typing! The text will appear where the blinking cursor is located. Move the cursor by using the arrow buttons on the keyboard or positioning the mouse and clicking the left button. The keyboard shortcuts listed below are also helpful when moving through the text of a document: Selecting Text To change any attributes of text it must be highlighted first. Select the text by dragging the mouse over the desired text while keeping the left mouse button depressed, or hold down the SHIFT key on the keyboard while using the arrow buttons to highlight the text. The following table contains shortcuts for selecting a portion of the text: 26 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 26
  • 27. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Deselect the text by clicking anywhere outside of the selection on the page or press an arrow key on the keyboard. Deleting Text Use the BACKSPACE and DELETE keys on the keyboard to delete text. Backspace will delete text to the left of the cursor and Delete will erase text to the right. To delete a large selection of text, highlight it using any of the methods outlined above and press the DELETE key. Formatting Text - The formatting toolbar is the easiest way to change many attributes of text. If the toolbar as shown below isn't displayed on the screen, select View|Toolbars and choose Formatting. Style Menu - Styles are explained in detail later in this tutorial. Font Face - Click the arrowhead to the right of the font name box to view the list of fonts available. Scroll down to the font you want and select it by clicking on the name once with the mouse. A serif font (one with "feet" circled in the illustration below) is recommended for paragraphs of text that will be printed on paper as they are most readable. The following graphic demonstrates the difference between serif (Times New Roman on the left) and sans-serif ("no feet", Arial on the right) fonts. Font Size - Click on the white part of the font size box to enter a value for the font 27 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 27
  • 28. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) size or click the arrowhead to the right of the box to view a list of font sizes available. Select a size by clicking on it once. A font size of 10 or 12 is best for paragraphs of text. Font Style - Use these buttons to bold, italicize, and underline text. Alignment - Text can be aligned to the left, center, or right side of the page or it can be justified across the page. Numbered and Bulleted Lists - Lists are explained in detail later in this tutorial. Increase/Decrease Indent - Change the indentation of a paragraph in relation to the side of the page. Outside Border - Add a border around a text selection. Highlight Color - Use this option to change the color behind a text selection. The color shown on the button is the last color used. To select a different color, click the arrowhead next to the image on the button. Text Color - This option changes the color of the text. The color shown on the button is the last color chosen. Click the arrowhead next to the button image to select another color. The Font dialog box allows you to choose from a larger selection of formatting options. Select Format|Font from the menu bar to access the box Format Painter A handy feature for formatting text is the Format Painter located on the standard toolbar. For example, if you have formatting a paragraph heading with a certain font face, size, and style and you want to format another heading the same way, you do not need to manually add each attribute to the new headline. Instead, use the Format Painter by following these steps: 28 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 28
  • 29. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Place the cursor within the text that contains the formatting you want to copy. • Click the Format Painter button in the standard toolbar. Notice that your pointer now has a paintbrush beside it. • Highlight the text you want to add the same format to with the mouse and release the mouse button. To add the formatting to multiple selections of text, double-click the Format Painter button instead of clicking once. The format painter then stays active until you press the ESC key to turn it off. Undo Feel free to experiment with various text styles. You can always undo your last action by clicking the Undo button on the standard toolbar or selecting Edit|Undo... from the menu bar. Click the Redo button on the standard toolbar or select Edit|Redo... to erase the undo action. FORMATTING PARAGRAPHS Paragraph Attributes Format a paragraph by placing the cursor within the paragraph and selecting Format|Paragraph from the menu.bar Moving (Cutting) Text Highlight the text that will be moved and select Edit|Cut from the menu bar, click the Cut button on the standard tool bar, or press CTRL+X at once. This will move the text to a clipboard. To move a small amount of text a short distance, the drag-and-drop method may be quicker. Highlight the text you want to move, click the selection with the mouse, drag the selection to the new location, and release the mouse button. Copying Text 29 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 29
  • 30. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) To copy text, choose Edit|Copy, click the Copy button on the standard toolbar, or press CTRL+C to copy the text to the clipboard. Paste Text To paste cut or copied text, move the cursor to the location you want to move the text to and select Edit|Paste from the menu bar, click the Paste button on the standard toolbar, or press CTRL+V. The Clipboard The last 12 elements that were cut or copied are placed onto Word's clipboard. You can view the elements on the clipboard by selecting View|Toolbars|Clipboard from the menu bar. Place the mouse arrow over each element in the clipboard to view the contents of each item and click on an element to add its contents to the document. Click Paste All to add all of the items to the document at once. Click the Clear Clipboard button (the icon with an "X" over the clipboard image) to clear the contents of the clipboard. For more column options, select Format|Columns from the menu bar. The Columns dialog box allows you to choose the properties of the columns. Select the number and width of the columns from the dialog box. 30 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 30
  • 31. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Drop Caps A drop cap is a large letter that begins a paragraph and drops through several lines of text as shown below. Add a drop cap to a paragraph by following these steps: 1 Place the cursor within the paragraph whose first letter will be dropped. 2 Select Format Drop Cap from the menu bar. 3 The Drop Cap dialog box allows you to select the position of the drop cap, the font, the number of lines to drop, and the distance from the body text. Click OK when all selections have been made. To modify a drop cap, select Format|Drop Cap again to change the attributes, or click on the letter and use the handles to move and resize the letter. 31 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 31
  • 32. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SPELLING AND GRAMMAR AutoCorrect Word automatically corrects many commonly misspelled words and punctuation marks with the AutoCorrect feature. To view the list of words that are automatically corrected, select Tools Autocorrect. This may be a hidden feature so click the double arrows at the bottom of the Tools menu listing if the AutoCorrect choice is not listed. Many options including the accidental capitalization of the first two letters of a word and capitalization of the first word of the sentence can be automatically corrected from this page. If there are words you often misspell, enter the wrong and correct spellings in the Replace and With fields. Spelling and Grammar Check Word will automatically check for spelling and grammar errors as you type unless you turn this feature off. Spelling errors are noted in the document with a red underline. Grammar errors are indicated by a green underline. To disable this feature, select Tools|Options from the menu bar and click the Spelling and Grammar tab on the dialog box. Uncheck "Check spelling as you type" and "Check grammar as you type", and click OK. To use the spelling and grammar checker, follow these steps: 32 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 32
  • 33. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Select Tools|Spelling and Grammar from the menu bar. • The Spelling and Grammar dialog box will notify you of the first mistake in the document and misspelled words will be highlighted in red. the word appears more than once in the document. • If the word is spelled incorrectly, choose one of the suggested spellings in the Suggestions box and click the Change button or Change All button to correct all occurrences of the word in the document. If the correct spelling is not suggested, enter the correct spelling in the Not In Dictionary box and click the Change button. • If the word is spelled correctly and will appear in many documents you type (such as your name), click the Add button to add the word to the dictionary so it will no longer appear as a misspelled word. • As long as the Check Grammar box is checked in the Spelling and Grammar dialog box, Word will check the grammar of the document in addition to the spelling. If you do not want the grammar checked, remove the checkmark from this box. Otherwise, follow these steps for correcting grammar: • If Word finds a grammar mistake, it will be shown in the box as the spelling errors. The mistake is highlighted in green text. 33 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 33
  • 34. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Several suggestions may be given in the Suggestions box. Select the correction that best applies and click Change. If no correction is needed (Word is often wrong more than it is right), click the Ignore button. Synonyms Word 2000 has a new feature for finding synonyms. Simply right-click on the word and select Synonyms from the shortcut menu. From the list of suggested words, highlight the word you would like to use or click Thesaurus... for more options. Thesaurus 34 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 34
  • 35. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) To use the thesaurus, select Tools|Language|Thesaurus from the menu bar or select it from the Synonyms shortcut menu as detailed above. A list of meanings and synonyms are given on the windows. Double-click on the words in the Meanings box or click the Look Up button to view similar words. Double-click words in the Replace with Synonym box to view synonyms of those words. Highlight the word you would like to add and click the Replace button. STYLES The use of styles in Word will allow you to quickly format a document with a consistent and professional look. Paragraph and character styles can be saved for use in many documents. 35 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 35
  • 36. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Applying a Style 1 Place the cursor in the paragraph where the style will be applied. 2 Click the Style drop-down menu on the Formatting toolbar and select a style by clicking on it. 3 To apply the same style to multiple paragraphs, double click the Format Painter button on the standard toolbar and click in all the paragraphs that the style should be applied to. Press the ESC key to disable the Format Painter. Apply a Style from the Style Dialog Box Choose from a larger selection of styles from the Style dialog box. 1 Click in the paragraph you want to add a style to. 2 Select Format|Style... from the menu bar. 3 From the List drop-down menu, choose All styles to view all the styles available. 4 The styles are displayed in the Styles list. Preview each style by clicking once on the name. Paragraph styles are preceded by the paragraph symbol () and character styles are preceded by an "a" icon (). A pointer arrow is located next to the current style. Highlight the style you want to apply to the paragraph and click Apply. Create a New Style from a Model To create a style from text that is already formatted in a document, follow these steps: 1 Place the cursor in the paragraph you would like to set as a new style. 2 Click the Style box on the formatting toolbar so the style name is highlighted. 36 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 36
  • 37. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 2 Create a Simple Style from the Style Dialog Box Select Format|Style... from the menu bar and click the New button on the Style dialog box to access the New Style dialog box. • Type the name for the new style in the Name field. • Select "Paragraph" or "Character" from the Style type drop-down menu. • Click the Format button at the bottom of the window and choose the paragraph element that will be formatted for the style. Continue to make changes from the options from the Format button menu, making changes to the dialog boxes for each element you choose. 37 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 37
  • 38. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Click OK to set the style and close the New Style dialog box. • Click Apply on the Style dialog box to apply the new style to the current paragraph. Modify or Rename a Style • An existing style can be changed from the Style dialog box. • Select Format|Style... from the menu bar. • Highlight the style from the Styles list that you want to modify and click the Modify button. Delete a Style Preset styles created by Word cannot be deleted, but to delete a style you have made, follow these steps: 1 Select Format|Style... from the menu bar 2 Highlight the style from the Styles list that you want to delete. 3 Click the Delete button. 4 You will be asked if you really want to delete the style. Click Yes. 5  Click Close on the dialog box. LISTS To create a bulleted or numbered list, use the list features provided by Word. Bulleted and Numbered Lists 1Click the Bulleted List button or Numbered List button on the formatting toolbar. 2 Type the first entry and press ENTER. This will create a new bullet or number on the next line. If you want to start a new line without adding another bullet or number, hold 38 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 38
  • 39. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) down the SHIFT key while pressing ENTER. 3 Continue to typing entries and press ENTER twice when you are finished typing to end the list. 4 Use the Increase Indent and Decrease Indent buttons on the formatting toolbar to create lists of multiple levels. NOTE: You can also type the text first, highlight the section, and press the Bulleted List or Numbered List buttons to add the bullets or numbers. Nested Lists To create a nested list, such as a numbered list inside of a bulleted list, follow these steps: 4Type the list and increase the indentation of the items that will make up the nested list by clicking the Increase Indent button for each item. Formatting Lists The bullet image and numbering format can be changed by using the Bullets and Numbering dialog box. 5Highlight the entire list to change all the bullets or numbers, or Place the cursor on one line within the list to change a single bullet. 6Access the dialog box by selecting Format|Bullets and Numbering from the menu bar or by right-clicking within the list and selecting Bullets and Numbering from the shortcut menu. 39 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 39
  • 40. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Select the list style from one of the seven choices given, or click the Picture... button to choose a different icon. Click the Numbered tab to choose a numbered list style. • Click OK when finished. GRAPHICS Adding Clip Art To add a clip art image from the Microsoft library to a document, follow these steps: Select Insert|Picture|Clip Art from the menu bar. 1To find an image, click in the white box following Search for clips. Delete the words "Type one or more words. . ." and enter keywords describing the image you want to use. - OR - Click one of the category icons. 40 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 40
  • 41. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 1Click once on the image you want to add to the document and the following popup menu will appear: 1Insert Clip to add the image to the document. 1Preview Clip to view the image full-size before adding it to the document. Drag the bottom, right corner of the preview window to resize the image and click the 2"x" close button to end the preview Add Clip to Favorites will add the selected image to your favorites directory that can be chosen from the Insert ClipArt dialog box. 1Find Similar Clips will retrieve images similar to the one you have chosen. 1 Continue selecting images to add to the document and click the Close button in the top, right corner of the Insert ClipArt window to stop adding clip art to the document. 41 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 41
  • 42. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 2Add An Image from a File 3Follow these steps to add a photo or graphic from an existing file: 4 Select Insert|Picture|From File on the menu bar. 5 Click the down arrow button on the right of the Look in: window to find the image on your computer. 6 Highlight the file name from the list and click the Insert button Editing A Graphic Activate the image you wish to edit by clicking on it once with the mouse. Nine handles will appear around the graphic. Click and drag these handles to resize the image. The handles on the corners will resize proportionally while the handles on the straight lines will stretch the image. More picture effects can be changed using the Picture toolbar. The Picture toolbar should appear when you click on the image. Otherwise, select View|Toolbars|Picture from the menu bar to activate it. Insert Picture will display the image selection window and allows you to change the 42 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 42
  • 43. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) image. 1 Image Control allows to to make the image grayscale, black and white, or a watermark. 2More/Less Contrast modifies the contrast between the colors of the image. 3 More/Less Brightness will darken or brighten the image. 4Click Crop and drag the handles on the activated image to delete outer portions of the image. 5 Line Style will add a variety of borders to the graphic. 6Text wrapping will modify the way the document text wraps around the graphic. 7Format Picture displays all the image properties in a separate window. 8 Reset Picture will delete all the modifications made to the image. 9Auto Shapes 10The AutoShapes toolbar will allow you to draw many different geometrical shapes, arrows, flow chart symbols, stars, and banners on the document. Activate the AutoShapes toolbar by selecting Insert|Picture|AutoShapes or View|Toolbars|AutoShapes from the menu bar, or clicking the AutoShapes button on the Drawing toolbar. Click each button on the toolbar to view the options for drawing the shape. Lines - After clicking the Lines button on the AutoShapes toolbar, draw a straight line, arrow, or double-ended arrow from the first row of options by clicking the respective button. Click in the document where you would like the line to begin and click again where it should end. To draw a curved line or freeform shape, select curved lines from the menu (first and second buttons of second row), click in the document where the line should appear, and click the mouse every time a curve should begin. End creating the graphic by clicking on the starting end or pressing the ESC key. To scribble, click the last button in the second row, click the mouse in the document and hold down the left button while you draw the design. Let go of the mouse button to stop drawing. Basic Shapes - Click the Basic Shapes button on the AutoShapes toolbar to select from many two- and three-dimensional shapes, icons, braces, and brackets. Use the drag-and-drop method to draw the shape in the document. When the shape has been made, it can be resized using the open box handles and other 43 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 43
  • 44. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) adjustments specific to each shape can be modified using the yellow diamond handles. Block Arrows - Select Block Arrows to choose from many types of two- and three- dimensional arrows. Drag-and-drop the arrow in the document and use the open box and yellow diamond handles to adjust the arrowheads. Each AutoShape can also be rotated by first clicking the Free Rotate button on the drawing toolbar . Click and drag the green handles around the image to rotate it. The tree image below was created from an arrow rotated 90 degrees. Flow Chart - Choose from the flow chart menu to add flow chart elements to the document and use the line menu to draw connections between the elements. 1Stars and Banners - Click the button to select stars, bursts, banners, and scrolls. 2Call Outs - Select from the speech and thought bubbles, and line call outs. Enter the call out text in the text box that is made. 3More AutoShapes - Click this button to choose from a list of clip art categories. 4 Each of the submenus on the AutoShapes toolbar can become a separate toolbar. Just click and drag the gray bar across the top of the submenus off of the toolbar and it will become a separate floating toolbar. 44 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 44
  • 45. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) PAGE FORMATTING Page Margins The page margins of the document can be changed using the rulers on the page and the Page Setup window. The ruler method is discussed first: Move the mouse over the area where the white ruler changes to gray. When the cursor becomes a double-ended arrow, click with the mouse and drag the margin indicator to the desired location. 1Release the mouse when the margin is set. 2The margins can also be changed using the Page Setup dialog box: 3Select File|Page Setup and choose the Margins tab in the dialog box. 45 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 45
  • 46. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Enter margin values in the Top, Bottom, Left, and Right boxes. The Preview window will reflect the changes. 1If the document has Headers and/or Footers, the distance this text appears from the edge of the page can be changed. 2 Click OK when finished. Page Size and Orientation 1Change the orientation page within the Page Setup dialog box. 2Select File|Page Setup and choose the Paper Size tab. 46 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 46
  • 47. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Select the proper paper size from the drop-down menu. Change the orientation from Portrait or Landscape by checking the corresponding radio button. Headers and Footers A header is text that is added to the top margin of every page such as a document title or page number and footer is text added to the bottom margin. Follow these steps to add or edit headers and footers in the document: Select View|Header and Footer from the menu bar. The Header and Footer toolbar will appear and the top of the page will be highlighted as shown below. 1 Type the heading in the Header box. You may use many of the standard text formatting options such as font face, size, bold, italics, etc. 1 Click the Insert AutoText button to view a list of quick options available. 2 Use the other options on the toolbar to add page numbers, the current date and time. 47 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 47
  • 48. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 3 To edit the footer; click the Switch between Header and Footer button on the toolbar. 4 When you are finished adding headers and footers, click the Close button on the toolbar. Page Numbers Follow these instructions for another way to add page numbers to a document. Select Insert|Page Numbers from the menu bar and the following dialog box will appear. Select the position of the page numbers by choosing "Top of page" or "Bottom of page" from the Position drop-down menu. 1 Select the alignment of the page numbers in the Alignment drop-down menu. 2 If you do not want the page number to show on the first page (if it is a title page, for example), uncheck the Show number of first page box. 3 Click OK when finished. Print Preview and Printing Preview your document by clicking the Print Preview button on the standard toolbar or by selecting File|Print Preview. When the document is ready to print, click the Print button from the Print Preview screen or select File Print. TABLES Tables are used to display data and there are several ways to build them in Word. Begin by placing the cursor where you want the table to appear in the document and choose one of the following methods. Insert a Table There are two ways to add a table to the document using the Insert feature: 48 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 48
  • 49. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 1Click the Insert Table button on the standard toolbar. Drag the mouse along the grid, highlighting the number of rows and columns for the table. Or, select Table|Insert|Table from the menu bar. Select the number of rows and columns for the table and click OK. 49 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 49
  • 50. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Draw the Table A table can also be drawn onto the document: 1Draw the table by selecting Table|Draw Table from the menu bar. The cursor is now the image of a pencil and the Tables and Borders toolbar has appeared. 2Button and drag the mouse over the area to be deleted. 3 To draw more cells, click on the Draw Table button. Inserting Rows and Columns Once the table is drawn, insert additional rows by placing the cursor in the row you want to be adjacent to. Select Table|Insert|Rows Above or Rows Below. Or, select an entire row and right-click with the mouse. Choose Insert Rows from the shortcut menu. Much like inserting a row, add a new column by placing the cursor in a cell adjacent to where the new column will be added. Select Table|Insert|Columns to the Left or Columns to the Right. Or, select the column, right-click with the mouse, and select Insert Columns. Moving and Resizing a Table A four-sided moving arrow and open box resizing handle will appear on the corners of the table if the mouse is placed over the table. Click and drag the four-ended arrow to move the table and release the mouse button when the table is positioned where you want it. Click and drag the open box handle to resize the table. Change the column widths and row heights by clicking the cell dividers and dragging them with the mouse. 50 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 50
  • 51. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Tables and Borders Toolbar The Tables and Borders toolbar allows you to add border styles, shading, text effects, alignment, and more options to your table. Access the toolbar by clicking Table|Draw Table or View|Toolbars|Tables and Borders. You will need to highlight the cells of the table you want to format. Click and drag the mouse over the cells, or use the following shortcuts: Table Properties 51 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 51
  • 52. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Use the Table Properties dialog box to modify the alignment of the table with the body text and the text within the table. Access the box by selecting Tables|Table Properties Size - Check the Preferred width box and enter a value if the table should be an exact width. Alignment - Highlight the illustration that represents the alignment of the table in relation to the text of the document. Text wrapping - Highlight "None" if the table should appear on a separate line from the text or choose "Around" if the text should wrap around the table. Borders and Shading – Select from a number of border styles, colors, and widths. Click the Shading tab to 52 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 52
  • 53. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) change the background color and pattern. Options - Click the Options button on the Table Properties window. To change the spacing between the document text and the table borders under Default cell margins. Check the Allow spacing between cells box and enter a value to add space between the table cells. 53 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 53
  • 54. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) TABLE OF CONTENTS Word will automatically create a Table of Contents page if a document is designed using Heading and Paragraph styles (see the Styles section). Follow the steps on this page to create a Table of Contents. Mark Table of Contents Entries 1 Highlight a heading that you would like to appear in the Table of Contents (TOC). 1 Press ALT+SHIFT+O and the Mark Table of Contents Entry box will appear. Entry - Rename the entry if you would like a different heading to appear in the TOC. 7 Table identifier - Select "C". 8 Level - Choose "1" for first-level heading, "2" for second-level heading, etc. 9 Click the Mark button. 10 The document will be toggled to "reveal codes" view and notice the TOC field code. To hide all codes click the Show/Hide codes button on the standard toolbar. 11 Select another heading to add to the TOC, or click the Close button on the Mark Table of Contents Entry dialog box. 12 Generate a Table of Contents 13 After you have marked all the headings for your TOC, follow these steps to generate the Table of Contents. 14 Place the cursor where you would like the TOC to appear in the document. 54 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 54
  • 55. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) 15 Select Insert|Index and Tables from the menu bar. Customize the appearance of the TOC from the Table of Contents tab. You may choose a preset design from the Formats drop-down menu. A preview of each design will be shown in the Print Preview window. 1 Check the Show page numbers box if you would like page numbers to show on the TOC. Check the Right align page numbers box if the page numbers should appear on the right side, then select the Tab leader between the heading and the page number. Uncheck the box if the page numbers should appear right next to the heading. 2 Click OK. MACROS Macros are advanced features that can speed up editing or formatting you may perform often in a Word document. They record sequences of menu selections that you choose so that a series of actions can be completed in one step. Recording A Macro To record a macro, follow these steps: 55 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 55
  • 56. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Click Tools|Macro|Record New Macro on the menu bar. Name the macro in the Macro name field. This name cannot contain spaces and or begin with a number. 1 From the Store macro in drop-down box, select the document you would like the macro to be associated with or choose "All Documents" be able to use the macro in any document. 2 Enter a description of the macro in the Description field. This is for your reference only so you remember what the macro does. 3 Click OK to begin recording. 4 Select options from the drop-down menus and Word will record the options you choose from the dialog boxes, such as changing the margins on the Page Setup window. Select only options that modify the document. Word will not record toggle actions such as View|Toolbars that have no effect on the document itself. 5 The recording toolbar will allow you to stop, pause, and resume recording. Click the Stop button the recording toolbar. The macro is now saved. 56 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 56
  • 57. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Running A Macro To run an existing macro, follow these steps. 1 Select Tools|Macro|Macros from the menu bar. 2 From the Macros window, highlight the Macro name in the list and click Run. If the macro is long and you want to stop it while it is running, press BREAK (hold CTRL and press PAUSE). Mail Merge Creating the Data Source for Merges Description This lesson begins with a brief discussion of why you would want to use the mail merge feature in Microsoft Word 2000. However, the bulk of the lesson addresses creating the data source document, entering information using the "Data Form" dialog box, how to 57 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 57
  • 58. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) locate records to edit and delete them, and how to sort information in the data source. You will also look briefly at working with the data in the main document window as a table. Why Use the Mail Merge Feature If you need to send similar (or identical) letters to a group of people, or need to create a list of people who will receive a newsletter or flier, you will probably want to use the mail merge feature. You might be sending out thank you letters for people who helped with a workshop or meeting; composing "rejection" letters at the end of a search process; creating a file of people who will receive monthly mailings during the course of a project; or printing name tags for a conference. Basically, to merge you need to create a data source document and a related form, called the mail merge main document. The main document can be a letter, envelope, mailing label, or another type of document which references the data source. The last step is to combine or merge these two documents into a new document. Even if you are sending a similar letter to a unique list of people who you will not need to contact again, it is faster to use the mail merge feature. The alternative—to write one letter, print it, change the address, print the second letter, and so forth—is a rather time consuming task. Also, most offices and professionals have a clientele list that is used many times throughout the year, or from one year to the next. This certainly is a job for the mail merge feature. Comments on the Information Used in a Data Source File The information used in a merge—the names and addresses used to produce the form letter or the mailing labels—is stored in a document called the data source. The term data source comes from database type of software, like dBase, Access, or Paradox. Data means information. The data source is made up of records—a group of related information like information about one person. Each record, in turn, is made up of fields, like a person's name, address, and phone number. The first row in a data source is called the header row. The header row is made up of a list of field names. Word provides a list of commonly used field names; you can add or remove names from that list to develop the header row for your data source. For most of the exercises in this three-part workshop, we will tell you what fields and field names to use, so everyone will be working with the same data source. This is the data source structure you will use with this lesson series: FirstName First and last names must be separate so you can sort by last name and use the first name by itself in the salutation. LastName Company This field can be blank. Address1 Mailing address. City 58 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 58
  • 59. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) State We will be using the two letter state abbreviation. PostalCode This could be a 5 digit zip code, but where possible, start collecting the zip+4 codes in your own files. At some point you may be required by the United States Postal Service to use the zip+4 on your mailings. WorkPhone Subject This will be a field in which you enter a 'keyword," appropriate to your area of work. With this field you can store all the contacts in one file, since sometimes you mail to everyone, but other times target those people who might be interested in a special topic. To create the data source, click on the [Create] button. A drop-down list appears with four options: Form Letters, Mailing Labels, Envelopes and Catalog. 4. Select the type of main document you eventually intend to create. You may change your selection later if you plan to use the data source for more than one type of merged document. 5. Select [Active Window] to use the current screen. 59 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 59
  • 60. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Create The Data Source The next step is to identify or create the data source. Click on the [Get Data] button in the Mail Merge Helper and, for now, choose Create Data Source. If you already have a data source, you can open it, or you can use data from address book entries (ex. Outlook). In the "Create Data Source" dialog box, the "Field Names in Header Row" window lists commonly used field names. Remember, each field is a category of information. If you do not want to use the default field names, you may either delete listed fields or add new ones. To remove a field from the given listing, highlight the field name and click on [Remove Field Name]. To add a field not in the default listing, type the new field name in the "Field Name" window and click on [Add Field Name]. Field names must be one word. When you add a new field name it is placed at the end of the list. To reposition it in the list, highlight the field name, then click the up and down arrows you see at the right of the field names list. Exercise 1 Click the [New] button on the standard toolbar or select FILE, New and choose Blank Document to get a new document window. Select TOOLS, Mail Merge, and click once on the [Create] button. Choose Form Letters from the drop-down list and click on [Active Window] to work with the existing blank screen. Now click on [Get Data] and choose Create Data Source. The "Create Data Source" dialog box appears. Add and remove fields from the field name list provided so that your list contains only the following field names. For example, the first listed field is "Title." Highlight that in the list of fields, and then click [Remove Field]. Go down to "JobTitle" and highlight that field, and again click [Remove Field]. Continue deleting until you have this listing: FirstName LastName Company Address1 City State PostalCode WorkPhone Subject 60 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 60
  • 61. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) To add the last field, type in the field name in the "Field Name" window and then click on [Add Field Name]. NOTE: Field names must be less than 40 characters, cannot contain spaces or begin with a number. No two fields may have the same name nor may they contain characters that you cannot put in a filename, such as periods, commas, slashes, backslashes or colons. If you enter an invalid character, the [Add Field Name] button will remain inoperable until the error is corrected. Click on the [OK] button. The "Save As" dialog box immediately appears. Name the file "2001 contacts" and click [Save]. This file will be saved with the default extension ".doc." The default folder that will be used is My Documents. It is okay to use this folder or place your files in any folder area of your choice. The next screen gives you the option of entering data or working on the main document form. Click on [Edit Data Source] so that you can view the "Data Form" dialog box while you read the next section. 61 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 61
  • 62. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Using the Data Entry Form Immediately after you save the header list you prepared in the "Create Data Source" dialog box, you may choose [Edit Data Source] to enter data. The "Data Form" dialog box that opens is essentially an attempt to make your word processor look more like a database program. Using this data entry form, it is easy to remember what data goes where. You will see the field names at the left of the window. Type in each piece of data in the appropriate window. You can press <Enter> or <Tab> to go to the next field. If you make a mistake, use your normal keystrokes to correct it, or drag the field with the mouse to select it, and type over the incorrect data. If you press <Enter> after typing the information for the last field in one record, a blank data entry form appears. You can also click on the [Add New] button to go to a blank form. The United States Post Office (USPS) is getting increasingly fussy about how addresses are displayed on envelopes and mailing labels, because of automatic scanners. For example, they do not want any punctuation marks and they want all uppercase letters. However, since we want to create a letter as one of the forms, we cannot capitalize all letters as we type. In Lesson 2, you will learn an easy way to capitalize all letters on envelopes and labels. We are using USPS approved abbreviations for street designators; a complete list of these will be posted separately. Exercise 2 Using the "Data Form" dialog box, type in these records. If you press <Enter> to go from field to field, Word will go to a new form screen after the last field. Record 1 FirstName Mary LastName Peterson Company Kodak Fruit and Vegetables Address1 715 N Park Ave City Tucson State AZ PostalCode 85719-5037 62 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 62
  • 63. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Saving the Data File When you are through entering data, click on the [OK] button in the "Data Form" dialog box. The insertion point will be blinking on the blank screen of the mail merge main document. You can verify this if you look at the filename on the title bar. Since we haven't done anything with this document yet, it will have the name Document1 (or some other number) if you were working in Word before starting this lesson. The data source document you created has not been closed and saved, even though you don't see it on screen at the moment. The file you saved earlier contained field names only-no data! Remember to save the file often while you are entering data so that the new records are saved. To save both the main document AND the data source now, hold down the <Shift> key, click on FILE, Save All. The first message from Word is: "Documentx is a mail merge main document that is attached to a data source 2001 contacts.doc that has not been saved. Do you want to save 2001 contacts.doc?" Click[Yes].Next,the"SaveAs"dialogboxopens,askingforanameforthemaindocument.Ifyou 63 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 63
  • 64. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) had already created a main document yet, you could click [Cancel]. If you had already created the main document, you would name the file and click [Save]. Exercise 3 Click on the [OK] button in the "Data Form" dialog box. Now hold down the <Shift> key and choose FILE, Save All and click [Yes] when Word asks you if you want to save "2001 contacts.doc." Next click [Cancel] to avoid saving the empty mail merge main document at this time. If you had closed the file instead of choosing FILE, Save All, you would have seen the same question about saving the file and should have completed the same steps. Editing the Data File After the data is saved, the insertion point will be blinking on the blank mail merge main document screen. You will see the mail merge toolbar above the document area. You can quickly return to edit the data source document by clicking on the [Edit Data Source] button Near the far right of that bar. 64 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 64
  • 65. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Unit-3 Excel INTRODUCTION TO MS-EXCEL Microsoft Excel is a member of the spreadsheet family of software. Spreadsheet software is used to store information in columns and rows, which can then be organized and/or processed. Spreadsheets are designed to work well with numbers but often include text. Sometimes text in a spreadsheet is called a label, because it is labeling columns and rows of numbers. Numbers are called values sometimes, and can include numbers for counts or measurements, dates, times, and calculations from numbers. Spreadsheets can help organize information, like alphabetizing a list of names or other text or reordering Calculating, such as totaling a column of numbers or generating a more sophisticated formula to calculate some statistical measure on a list of numbers. Spreadsheets and databases are in competition and have similar features. Yet the way they work in the background is different. When you work in a spreadsheet, you view the data you are entering as a section. In a database, you only see the data you are entering-- you have to request a report or different display to see more of the information. Other differences are: (1) databases are more often used for applications with long textual entries, (2) very large applications (thousands of entries) are more often handled in databases; and (3) spreadsheets are easier to learn to use and get calculations from than a database program. This latter 65 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 65
  • 66. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) reason is why many researchers and students prefer spreadsheets for keeping track of their data over databases. It is impossible to give a complete listing of applications that can be done in spreadsheets, but they include budgeting displays, checkbook registers, enrollment records, inventories, coded surveys, field and laboratory research data, and financial and accounting applications. The capacities of Excel are as follows. You can have 256 columns of information. You can have up to 16,384 rows. That comes out to over 4,194,000,000 cells of information and that's only on the first sheet!!! You can have 16 sheets of information in one workbook, and the number of sheets can be increased, if needed. Excel refers to each file as a workbook, because there can be multiple sheets (pages) in one file. You will want to load Excel at this time to continue this first lesson. Double-click on the Excel icon to start the program. Spreadsheet Basic Excel allows you to create spreadsheets much like paper ledgers that can perform automatic calculations. Each Excel file is a workbook that can hold many worksheets. The worksheet is a grid of columns (designated by letters) and rows (designated by numbers). The letters and numbers of the columns and rows (called labels) are displayed in gray buttons across the top and left side of the worksheet. The intersection of a column and a row is called a cell. Each cell on the spreadsheet has a cell address that is the column letter and the row number. Cells can contain either text, numbers, or mathematical formulas. Microsoft Excel 2000 Screen Elements 66 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 66
  • 67. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Adding and Renaming Worksheets The worksheets in a workbook are accessible by clicking the worksheet tabs just above the status bar. By default, three worksheets are included in each workbook. To add a sheet, select Insert|Worksheet from the menu bar. To rename the worksheet tab, right- 67 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 67
  • 68. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) click on the tab with the mouse and select Rename from the shortcut menu. Type the new name and press the ENTER key. The Standard Toolbar This toolbar is located just below the menu bar at the top of the screen and allows you to quickly access basic Excel commands. New - Select File|New from the menu bar, press CTRL+N, or click the New button to create a new workbook. Open - Click File|Open from the menu bar, press CTRL+O, or click the Open folder button to open an existing workbook. Save - The first time you save a workbook, select File|Save As and name the file. After the file is named click File|Save, CTRL+S, or the Save button on the standard toolbar. Print - Click the Print button to print the worksheet. Print Preview - This feature will allow you to preview the worksheet before it prints. Spell Check - Use the spell checker to correct spelling errors on the worksheet. Cut, Copy, Paste, and Format Painter - These actions are explained in the Modifying A Worksheet section. Undo and Redo - Click the backward Undo arrow to cancel the last action you performed, whether it be entering data into a cell, formatting a cell, entering a function, etc. Click the forward Redo arrow to cancel the undo action. Insert Hyperlink - To insert a hyperlink to a web site on the Internet, type the text into a cell you want to be the link that can be clicked with the 68 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 68
  • 69. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) mouse. Then, click the Insert Hyperlink button and enter the web address you want the text to link to and click OK. Autosum, Function Wizard, and Sorting - These features are discussed in detail in the Functions tutorial. Zoom - To change the size that the worksheet appears on the screen, choose a different percentage from the Zoom menu. Customizing Excel Menus Unlike previous versions of Excel, the menus in Excel 2000 initially list only the commands you have recently used. To view all options in each menu, click the double arrows at the bottom of the menu. If you would like to revert to the way older versions of Excel displayed menu options, follow these steps: • Select View|Toolbars|Customize from the menu bar. • Click on the Options tab. • Uncheck the Menus show recently used commands first check box. Toolbars 69 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 69
  • 70. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Many toolbars displaying shortcut buttons are available. Select View|Toolbars from the menu bar to select more toolbars. Customize Toolbars Customizing toolbars allows you to delete certain shortcut buttons from a toolbar if you do not use them and add the shortcut buttons for commands you use often. Select View|Toolbars|Customize and select the Commands tab. By clicking on the command categories in the Categories box, the commands will change in the Commands box to the right. Select the command you would like to add to the toolbar by selecting it from the Commands box. Drag the command with the mouse to the desired location on the toolbar and release the mouse button. The shortcut button should now appear on the toolbar. Remove buttons from the toolbars by reversing these steps. Highlight the button on the toolbar, drag it off the toolbar with the mouse, and release the mouse button. Recording A Macro Macros can speed up any common editing sequence you may execute in an Excel spreadsheet. In this example we will make a simple macro that will set all the margins on the page to one inch. Click Tools|Macro|Record New Macro from the menu bar. 70 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 70
  • 71. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • must not begin with a number. • If you would like to assign a shortcut key to the macro for easy use, enter the letter under Shortcut key. Enter a lower case letter to make a CTRL+number shortcut and enter an upper case letter to assign a CTRL+SHIFT+number shortcut key. If you select a shortcut key that Excel already uses, your macro will overwrite that function. • Select an option from the Store macro in drop-down menu. • Enter a description of the macro in the Description field. This is for your reference only so you remember what the macro does. • Click OK when you are ready to start recording. • Select options from the drop down menus and Excel will record the options you choose from the dialog boxes, such as changing the margins on the Page Setup window. Select File|Page Setup and change all the margins to 1". Press OK. Replace this step with whatever commands you want your macro to execute. Select only options that modify the worksheet. Toggle actions such as View|Toolbars that have no effect on the worksheet will not be recorded. • • Click the Stop button the recording toolbar. The macro is now saved. Running A Macro To run a macro you have created, select Tools|Macro|Macros from the menu bar. 71 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 71
  • 72. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) From the Macros window, highlight the Macro name in the list and click Run. If the macro is long and you want to stop it while it is running, press BREAK (hold CTRL and press PAUSE). Modifying a Spread Sheet Moving Through Cells Use the mouse to select a cell you want to begin adding data to and use the keyboard strokes listed in the table below to move through the cells of a worksheet. Movement Key stroke One cell up up arrow key One cell down down arrow key or ENTER One cell left left arrow key One cell right right arrow key or TAB 72 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 72
  • 73. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Top of the worksheet (cell A1) CTRL+HOME End of the worksheet (last cell CTRL+END containing data) End of the row CTRL+right arrow key End of the column CTRL+down arrow key Any cell File|Go To menu bar command Adding Worksheets, Rows, and Columns Worksheets - Add a worksheet to a workbook by selecting Insert|Worksheet from the menu bar. Row - To add a row to a worksheet, select Insert|Rows from the menu bar, or highlight the row by clicking on the row label, right-click with the mouse, and choose Insert. Column - Add a column by selecting Insert|Columns from the menu bar, or highlight the column by click on the column label, right-click with the mouse, and choose Insert. Resizing Rows and Columns There are two ways to resize rows and columns. Resize a row by dragging the line below the label of the row you would like to resize. Resize a column in a similar manner by dragging the line to the right of the label corresponding to the column you want to resize. - OR - Click the row or column label and select Format|Row|Height or Format|Column|Width from the menu bar to enter a numerical value for the height of the row or width of the column. Selecting Cells Before a cell can be modified or formatted, it must first be selected (highlighted). Refer to the table below for selecting groups of cells. Cells to select Mouse action One cell click once in the cell Entire row click the row label Entire column click the column label Entire worksheet click the whole sheet button 73 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 73
  • 74. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) drag mouse over the cells or hold Cluster of cells down the SHIFT key while using the arrow keys To activate the contents of a cell, double-click on the cell or click once and press F2. Moving and Copying Cells Moving Cells To cut cell contents that will be moved to another cell select Edit|Cut from the menu bar or click the Cut button on the standard toolbar. Copying Cells To copy the cell contents, select Edit|Copy from the menu bar or click the Copy button on the standard toolbar. Pasting Cut and Copied Cells Highlight the cell you want to paste the cut or copied content into and select Edit|Paste from the menu bar or click the Paste button on the standard toolbar. Drag and Drop If you are moving the cell contents only a short distance, the drag-and- drop method may be easier. Simply drag the highlighted border of the selected cell to the destination cell with the mouse. Freeze Panes If you have a large worksheet with column and row headings, those headings will disappear as the worksheet is scrolled. By using the Freeze Panes feature, the headings can be visible at all times. Click the label of the row below the row that should remain frozen at the top of the worksheet. Select Window|Freeze Panes from the menu bar. To remove the frozen panes, select Window|Unfreeze Panes. 74 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 74
  • 75. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Freeze panes has been added to row 1 in the image above. Notice that the row numbers skip from 1 to 6. As the worksheet is scrolled, row 1 will remain stationary while the remaining rows will move. 4. Formatting cells 75 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 75
  • 76. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Formatting Toolbar The contents of a highlighted cell can be formatted in many ways. Font and cell attributes can be added from shortcut buttons on the formatting bar. If this toolbar is not already visible on the screen, select View|Toolbars|Formatting from the menu bar. Format Cells Dialog Box For a complete list of formatting options, right-click on the highlighted cells and choose Format Cells from the shortcut menu or select Format|Cells from the menu bar. Number tab - The data type can be selected from the options on this tab. Select General if the cell contains text and number, or another numerical category if the cell is a number that will be included in functions or formulas. Alignment tab - These options allow you to change the position and alignment of the data with the cell. 76 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 76
  • 77. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Font tab - All of the font attributes are displayed in this tab including font face, size, style, and effects. Border and Pattern tabs - These tabs allow you to add borders, shading, and background colors to a cell. Dates and Times If you enter the date "January 1, 2001" into a cell on the worksheet, Excel will automatically recognize the text as a date and change the format to "1-Jan-01". To change the date format, select the Number tab from the Format Cells window. Select "Date" from the Category box and choose the format for the date from the Type box. If the field is a time, select "Time" from the Category box and select the type in the right box. Date and time combinations aralso listed. Press OK when finished. Styles The use of styles in Excel allow you to quickly format your worksheet, provide consistency, and create a professional look. Select the Styles drop-down box from the formatting toolbar (it can be added by customizing the toolbar). Excel provides several preset styles: 77 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 77
  • 78. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Comma - Adds commas to the number and two digits beyond a decimal point. • Comma [0] - Comma style that rounds to a whole number. • Currency - Formats the number as currency with a dollar sign, commas, and two digits beyond the decimal point. • Currency [0] - Currency style that rounds to a whole number. • Normal - Reverts any changes to general number format. • Percent - Changes the number to a percent and adds a percent sign. Style Dialog Box Create your own styles from the Style Dialog Box. Highlight the cell(s) you want to add a style to. Select Format|Style... from the menu bar. • Modify the attributes by clicking the Modify button. 78 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 78
  • 79. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Check all the items under Style includes that the style should format. • Click Add to preview the formatting changes on the worksheet. • Highlight the style you want to apply to the paragraph and click Apply. Create a New Style Select the cell on the worksheet containing the formatting you would like to set as a new style. Click the Style box on the Formatting toolbar so the style name is highlighted Press ENTER when finished. Format Painter A handy feature on the standard toolbar for formatting text is the Format Painter. If you have formatted a cell with a certain font style, date format, border, and other formatting options, and you want to format another cell or group of cells the same way, place the cursor within the cell containing the formatting you want to copy. Click the Format Painter button in the standard toolbar (notice that your pointer now has a paintbrush beside it). Highlight the cells you want to add the same formatting to. To copy the formatting to many groups of cells, double-click the Format Painter button. The format painter remains active until you press the ESC key to turn it off. AutoFormat Excel has many preset table formatting options. Add these styles by following these steps: Highlight the cells that will be formatted. 79 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 79
  • 80. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Select Format|AutoFormat from the menu bar. • On the AutoFormat dialog box, select the format you want to apply to the table by clicking on it with the mouse. Use the scroll bar to view all of the formats Available. Click the Options... button to select the elements that the formatting will apply to. Click OK when finished. 80 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 80
  • 81. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Formulas and functions The distinguishing feature of a spreadsheet program such as Excel is that it allows you to create mathematical formulas and execute functions. Otherwise, it is not much more than a large table for displaying text. This page will show you how to create these calculations. Formulas Formulas are entered in the worksheet cell and must begin with an equal sign "=". The formula then includes the addresses of the cells whose values will be manipulated with appropriate operands placed in between. After the formula is typed into the cell, the calculation executes immediately and the formula itself is visible in the formula bar. See the example below to view the formula for calculating the sub total for a number of textbooks. The formula multiplies the quantity and price of each textbook and adds the subtotal for each book. Linking Worksheets You may want to use the value from a cell in another worksheet within the same workbook in a formula. For example, the value of cell A1 in the current worksheet and cell A2 in the second worksheet can be added using the format "sheetname!celladdress". The formula for this example would be "=A1+Sheet2!A2" where the value of cell A1 in the current worksheet is added to the value of cell A2 in the worksheet named "Sheet2 81 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 81
  • 82. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Relative, Absolute, and Mixed Referencing Calling cells by just their column and row labels (such as "A1") is called relative referencing. When a formula contains relative referencing and it is copied from one cell to another, Excel does not create an exact copy of the formula. It will change cell addresses relative to the row and column they are moved to. For example, if a simple addition formula in cell C1 "=(A1+B1)" is copied to cell C2, the formula would change to "=(A2+B2)" to reflect the new row. To prevent this change, cells must be called by absolute referencing and this is accomplished by placing dollar signs "$" within the cell addresses in the formula. Continuing the previous example, the formula in cell C1 would read "=($A$1+$B$1)" if the value of cell C2 should be the sum of cells A1 and B1. Both the column and row of both cells are absolute and will not change when copied. Mixed referencing can also be used where only the row OR column fixed. For example, in the formula "=(A$1+$B2)", the row of cell A1 is fixed and the column of cell B2 is fixed. Basic Functions Functions can be a more efficient way of performing mathematical operations than formulas. For example, if you wanted to add the values of cells D1 through D10, you would type the formula "=D1+D2+D3+D4+D5+D6+D7+D8+D9+D10". A shorter way would be to use the SUM function and simply type "=SUM(D1:D10)". Several other functions and examples are given in the table below: Function Wizard View all functions available in Excel by using the Function Wizard. • Activate the cell where the function will be placed and click the Function Wizard button on the standard toolbar. 82 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 82
  • 83. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • From the Paste Function dialog box, browse through the functions by clicking in the Function category menu on the left and select the function from the Function name choices on the right. As each function name is highlighted a description and example of use is provided below the two boxes. • Click OK to select a function. • The next window allows you to choose the cells that will be included in the function. In the example below, cells B4 and C4 were automatically selected for the sum function by Excel. The cell values {2, 3} are located to the right of the Number 1 field where the cell addresses are listed. If another set of cells, such as B5 and C5, needed to be added to the function, those cells would be added in the format "B5:C5" to the Number 2 field. 83 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 83
  • 84. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Click OK when all the cells for the function have been selected. Autosum Use the Autosum function to add the contents of a cluster of adjacent cells. • Select the cell that the sum will appear in that is outside the cluster of cells whose values will be added. Cell C2 was used in this example. • Click the Autosum button (Greek letter sigma) on the standard toolbar. • Highlight the group of cells that will be summed (cells A2 through B2 in this example). • Press the ENTER key on the keyboard or click the green check mark button on the formula bar . Sorting AND Filling Basic Sorts To execute a basic descending or ascending sort based on one column, highlight the cells that will be sorted and click the Sort Ascending (A-Z) button or Sort Descending (Z-A) button on the standard toolbar. Complex Sorts To sort by multiple columns, follow these steps: 84 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 84
  • 85. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Highlight the cells, rows, or columns that will be sorted. • Select Data|Sort from the menu bar. • From the Sort dialog box, select the first column for sorting from the Sort By drop-down menu and choose either ascending or descending. • Select the second column and, if necessary, the third sort column from the Then By drop-down menus. If the cells you highlighted included the text headings in the first row, mark My list has...Header row and the first row will remain at the top of the worksheet. • Click the Options button for special non-alphabetic or numeric sorts such as months of the year and days of the week. 85 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 85
  • 86. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Click OK to execute the sort. 86 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 86
  • 87. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Autofill The Autofill feature allows you to quickly fill cells with repetitive or sequential data such as chronological dates or numbers, and repeated text. • Type the beginning number or date of an incrementing series or the text that will be repeated into a cell. • Select the handle at the bottom, right corner of the cell with the left mouse button and drag it down as many cells as you want to fill. • Release the mouse button. If you want to autofill a column with cells displaying the same number or date you must enter identical data to two adjacent cells in a column. Highlight the two cells and drag the handle of the selection with the mouse. Alternating Text and Numbers with Autofill The Autofill feature can also be used for alternating text or numbers. For example, to make a repeating list of the days of the week, type the seven days into seven adjacent cells in a column. Highlight the seven cells and drag down with the mouse. Autofilling Functions Autofill can also be used to copy functions. In the example below, column A and column B each contain lists of numbers and column C contains the sums of columns A and B for each row. The function in cell C2 would be "=SUM(A2:B2)". This function can then be copied to the remaining cells of column C by activating cell C2 and dragging the handle down to fill in the remaining cells. The autofill feature will automatically update the row numbers as shown below if the cells are reference relatively. 87 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 87
  • 88. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Chart Wizard The Chart Wizard brings you through the process of creating a chart by displaying a series of dialog boxes. Enter the data into the worksheet and highlight all the cells that will be included in the chart including headers. Click the Chart Wizard button on the standard toolbar to view the first Chart Wizard dialog box. Chart Type - Choose the Chart type and the Chart subtype if necessary. Click Next. 88 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 88
  • 89. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Chart Source Data - Select the data range (if different from the area highlighted in step 1) and click Next. Chart Options - Enter the name of the chart and titles for the X- and Y-axes. Other options for the axes, grid lines, legend, data labels, and data table can be changed by clicking on the tabs. Press Next to move to the next set of options 89 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 89
  • 90. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Chart Location - Click As new sheet if the chart should be placed on a new, blank worksheet or select As object in if the chart should be embedded in an existing sheet and select the worksheet from the drop-down menu. 90 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 90
  • 91. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Resizing the Chart To resize the chart, click on its border and drag any of the nine black handles to change the size. Handles on the corners will resize the chart proportionally while handles along the lines will stretch the chart. Moving the Chart Select the border of the chart, hold down the left mouse button, and drag the chart to a new location. Elements within the chart such as the title and labels may also be moved within the chart. Click on the element to activate it, and use the mouse to drag the element to move it. Chart Formatting Toolbar Chart Objects List - To select an object on the chart to format, click the object on the chart or select the object from the Chart Objects List and click the Format button. A 91 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 91
  • 92. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) window containing the properties of that object will then appear to make formatting changes. Chart Type - Click the arrowhead on the chart type button to select a different type of chart. Legend Toggle - Show or hide the chart legend by clicking this toggle button. Data Table view - Display the data table instead of the chart by clicking the Data Table toggle button. Display Data by Column or Row - Charts the data by columns or rows according to the data sheet. Angle Text - Select the category or value axis and click the Angle Downward or Angle Upward button to angle the the selected by +/- 45 degrees. Copying the Chart to Microsoft Word A finished chart can be copied into a Microsoft Word document. Select the chart and click Copy. Open the destination document in Word and click Paste. Unit-4 Excel INTRODUCTION TO MS-ACCESS 92 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 92
  • 93. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE All of us are familiar with the term data. In fact, unknowingly we come across data in our day-to-day life everyday. The age of a person, price of potato, number of students in a school, pin code of a city, etc. are some examples of data. In our life we have to remember so much of data. But it is easier for us to remember all information for a few individuals. For example, you may be in a position to tell accurately the age, height, complexion, income, educational qualification, residential address, etc. of your close friends. But it is too difficult for you to memorize all these information for a large number of individuals. Let us consider the example of Rai University (RU). Every year about one-lakh students take admission in RU. If you are asked to memorize records of date of birth, subjects offered and postal address of all these students, it will not be possible for you. To deal with such problems we construct a database. We arrange all information about students in a tabular form. We keep all the records so that if I am asked, ‘How many students are there in Economics?’ I am in a position to answer. Getting Started with Ms- Access 93 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 93
  • 94. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) What is a database? A database is a collection of data which is organized in a manner that can be easily retrieved. They consist of fields, records, and files, much like a telephone book. A field is a single piece of information (your last name is one field); a record is one complete set of fields (your entry in the telephone book is a record); and a file is a collection of records (the entire telephone book). When you look at the phone book for someone's telephone number, you are the "search engine" for the telephone book database. The only difference is that the search engine included with database programs is probably a little faster than you are at retrieving information. Let us begin with the concept ‘database’ and its management. Database is a collection of information in a structured way. We can say that it is a collection of a group of facts. Your personal address book is a database of names you like to keep track of, such as personal friends and members of your family. What is a Relational Database? A relational database is a single database spread across multiple tables. Think of a database as a file cabinet and each drawer of the file cabinet is a table. Example. All of the employee information is kept in the first drawer; all of the vendor information is kept in the second drawer; and all of the purchase orders are kept in the third drawer. To connect each of these drawers (which is what makes it "relational"), a set piece of data from one drawer has to be present in one of the other drawers. For instance, a purchase order will have a vendor name, address, & phone number on it, along with the items purchased, purchase price, and any discounts. If the vendor name is the "set" piece of data, it is entered in the purchase order table, but the address & phone number are retrieved from the vendor table instead of having to re-type that information each time it is needed in the purchase order table. Let us at an example closer to our understanding, look into our example of information on students in RU. A sample of 5 students is presented in the table below (see, Fig 1). We have given 6 items of information on every student, namely, Roll No, Name, Date of birth, Sex, Postal address and Subjects offered by the student. Fig. 1 contains required details about each student. There are six pieces of information on each student. They are Roll No, Name, Date of birth, Sex, Address and Subjects. Each piece of information in database is called a Field. We can define field as the smallest unit in a database. Each field represents one and only one characteristic of an event or item. Thus there are six fields in this database. 94 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 94
  • 95. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) date type whereas Name is character type. In database there can be five categories of fields. They are: 95 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 95
  • 96. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Numeric • Character • Logic • Memo • Date When Should I Use Access to Store Data? Databases, like Access, are used to store large quantities of information. The information can be viewed, sorted, manipulated, retrieved, and printed in various ways. The database gives you the flexibility to obtain this data in multiple formats. If the information you need to store is vast, interrelated, and you need to retrieve it fast & accurately, Access is probably the way to go. A Few Terms These words are used often in Access so you will want to become familiar with them before using the program and this tutorial. A database is a collection of related information. 96 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 96
  • 97. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • An object is a competition in the database such as a table, query, form, or macro. • A table is a grouping of related data organized in fields (columns) and records (rows) on a datasheet. By using a common field in two tables, the data can be combined. Many tables can be stored in a single database. • A field is a column on a datasheet and defines a data type for a set of values in a table. For a mailing list table might include fields for first name, last name, address, city, state, zip code, and telephone number. • A record in a row on a datasheet and is a set of values defined by fields. In a mailing list table, each record would contain the data for one person as specified by the intersecting fields. • Design View provides the tools for creating fields in a table. • Datasheet View allows you to update, edit, and delete in formation from a table. Getting Started After opening Access, you will be presented with the window shown below. Select one of the first two options if you are creating a new database or the third if you want to edit an existing database. All three choices are explained in detail below. Blank Access database Unlike Word documents, Excel worksheets, and Power Point presentations, you must save an Access database before you start working on it. After selecting "Blank Access database", you will first be prompted to specify a location and name for the database. 97 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 97
  • 98. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Access database wizards, pages, and projects Access' wizards and layout are existing database structures that only need data input. Select a database type and click OK. Name the database on the next screen. Open an existing database If the database was opened recently on the computer, it will be listed on the main window. Highlight the database name and click OK. Otherwise, highlight "More Files..." in the list and click OK. From the subsequent window, click the "Look In:" drop-down menu to find the folder where the database is located, highlight the database name in the listing and click OK. Converting to Access 2000 Before opening an existing file that was created in a previous version of Access, it must first be converted to Access 2000 format. Convert a database by following these steps: Open Access and select Tools|Database Utilities|Convert Database|To Current Access Database Version from the menu bar. Select the database that should be converted and click the Convert button. • The new version will be a completely separate database and the old one will remain intact so you must then name the new version of the database. 2.Screen Layout Database Window 98 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 98
  • 99. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) The Database Window organizes all of the objects in the database. The default tables listing provides links for creating tables and will list all of the tables in the database when they have been added. Design View Design View customizes the fields in the database so that data can be entered. 99 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 99
  • 100. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Datasheet View The datasheet allows you to enter data into the database. 100 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 100
  • 101. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Creating Tables Introduction to Tables Tables are grids that store information in a database similar to the way an Excel worksheet stores information in a workbook. Access provides three ways to create a table for which there are icons in the Database Window. Double-click on the icons to create a table. the Database. 101 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 101
  • 102. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) the Database Window • Create table in Design view will allow you to create the fields of the table. This is the most common way of creating a table and is explained in detail below. • Create table using wizard will step you through the creation of a table. • Create table by entering data will give you a blank datasheet with unlabelled columns that looks much like an Excel worksheet. Enter data into the cells and click the Save button. You will be prompted to add a primary key field. After the table is saved, the empty cells of the datasheet are trimmed. The fields are given generic names such as "Field1", "Field2", etc. To rename them with more descriptive titles that reflect the content of the fields, select Format|Rename Column from the menu bar or highlight the column, right-click on it with the mouse, and select Rename Column from the shortcut menu. 102 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 102
  • 103. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) The Table Wizard Microsoft Access is filled with wizards, step-by-step dialog boxes that allow you to create objects or fields on a database. Like the Database Wizard, Microsoft Access provides the Table Wizard used to easily create a table. It allows you to add fields that are necessary for a particular table. The fields have been configured in the general sense so you can use them in your In the Table Wizard, the tables are organized in two primary categories: Business and Personal. To select one of those categories, you can click its radio button. Each main category is made of various sample tables. To select a sample table, you can click its name in the Sample Tables list. In the middle, the Sample Fields list, the fields associated with the selected sample table are displaying. From that list, you can select the desired field(s). Once a field has been selected, it displays in the Fields In My New Table list. You can then select a different table to mix fields from as many tables as desired. The 4 buttons between the Sample Fields list and the Fields In My New Table list allow you to add or subtract fields. To help with selection and de-selection, the wizard provides four buttons: 103 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 103
  • 104. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) During field selection, if you select a field, its corresponding name appears in the right list. If you select a field of the same name more than once, for example, if you select Address twice, the 2nd Address would be called Address1. Sometimes that will be what you want, and sometimes it will be by mistake. If then you make a mistake when selecting fields, you can double-click the unwanted field in the Fields In My New Table list and that field will be removed. After making your choices, you can keep the names provided by Microsoft Access into your table, or you can rename any field to suit your needs. To rename a field, first select it in the Fields In My New Table list. Then, click the Rename Field button. In the Rename Field dialog box, type the desired name and click OK: Queries Introduction to Queries Queries select records from one or more tables in a database so they can be viewed, analyzed, and sorted on a common datasheet. The resulting collection of records, called a dynaset (short for dynamic subset), is saved as a database object and can therefore be easily used in the future. The query will be updated whenever the original tables are updated. Types of queries are select queries that extract data from tables based on specified values, find duplicate queries that display records with duplicate values for one or more of the specified fields, and find unmatched queries display records from one table that do not have corresponding values in a second table. Create a Query in Design View Follow these steps to create a new query in Design View: • From the Queries page on the Database Window, click the New button. 104 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 104
  • 105. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Select Design View and click OK. • Select tables and existing queries from the Tables and Queries tabs and click the Add button to add each one to the new query. • Click Close when all of the tables and queries have been selected. 105 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 105
  • 106. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Add fields from the tables to the new query by double-clicking the field name in the table boxes or selecting the field from the Field: and Table: drop down menus on the query form. Specify sort orders if necessary. Enter the criteria for the query in the Criteria: field. The following table provides examples for some of the wildcard symbols and arithmetic operators that may be used. The Expression Builder can also be used to assist in writing the expressions. 106 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 106
  • 107. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • After you have selected all of the fields and tables, click the Run button on the toolbar. • Save the query by clicking the Save button. Query Wizard Access' Query Wizard will easily assist you to begin creating a select query. • Click the Create query by using wizard icon in the database window to have Access step you through the process of creating a query . 107 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 107
  • 108. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) From the first window, select fields that will be included in the query by first selecting the table from the drop-down Tables/Queries menu. Select the fields by clicking the > button to move the field from the Available Fields list to Selected Fields. Click the double arrow button >> to move all of the fields to Selected Fields. Select another table or query to choose from more fields and repeat the process of moving them to the Selected Fields box. Click Next> when all of the fields have been selected. Find Duplicates Query This query will filter out records in a single table that contain duplicate values in a field. 108 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 108
  • 109. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Click the New button on the Queries database window, select Find Duplicates Query Wizard from the New Query window and click OK. Select the table or query that the find duplicates query will be applied to from the list provided and click Next >. 109 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 109
  • 110. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Select the fields that may contain duplicate values by highlighting the names in the Available fields list and clicking the > button to individually move the fields to the Duplicate-value fields list or >> to move all of the fields. Click Next > when all fields have been selected. Select the fields that should appear in the new query along with the fields selected on the previous screen and click Next >. • Name the new query and click Finish. 110 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 110
  • 111. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Delete a Query To delete a table from the query, click the table's title bar and press the Delete key on the keyboard. Forms Forms are used as an alternative way to enter data into a database table. Create Form by Using Wizard To create a form using the assistance of the wizard, follow these steps: • Click the Create form by using wizard option on the database window. • From the Tables/Queries drop-down menu, select the table or query whose datasheet the form will modify. Then, select the fields that will be included on the form by highlighting each one the Available Fields window and clicking the single right arrow button > to move the field to the Selected Fields window. To move all of the fields to Select Fields, click the double right arrow button >>. If you make a mistake and would like to remove a field or all of the fields from the Selected Fields window, click the left arrow < or left double arrow << buttons. After the proper fields have been selected, click the Next > button to move on to the next screen. 111 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 111
  • 112. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • On the second screen, select the layout of the form. • Columnar - A single record is displayed at one time with labels and form fields listed side-by-side in columns . • Justified - A single record is displayed with labels and form fields are listed across the screen . • Tabular - Multiple records are listed on the page at a time with fields in columns and records in rows . • Datasheet- Multiple records are displayed in Datasheet View . Click the Next > button to move on to the next screen. 112 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 112
  • 113. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Select a visual style for the form from the next set of options and click Next>. On the final screen, name the form in the space provided. Select "Open the form to view or enter information" to open the form in Form View or "Modify the form's design" to open it in Design View. Click Finish to create the form . 113 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 113
  • 114. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Create Form in Design View To create a form from scratch without the wizard, follow these steps: • Click the New button on the form database window. • Select "Design View" and choose the table or query the form will be associated with the form from the drop-down menu. • Select View|Toolbox from the menu bar to view the floating toolbar with additional options. Add controls to the form by clicking and dragging the field names from the Field List floating window. Access creates a text box for the value and label for the field name when this action is accomplished. To add controls for all of the fields in the Field List, double-click the Field List window's title bar and drag all of the highlighted fields to the form. 114 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 114
  • 115. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Adding Records Using A Form Input data into the table by filling out the fields of the form. Press the Tab key to move from field to field and create a new record by clicking Tab after the last field of the last record. A new record can also be created at any time by clicking the New Record button at the bottom of the form window. Records are automatically saved as they are entered so no additional manual saving needs to be executed. Editing Forms The follow points may be helpful when modifying forms in Design View. 115 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 115
  • 116. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Grid lines - By default, a series of lines and dots underlay the form in Design View so form elements can be easily aligned. To toggle this feature on and off select View|Grid from the menu bar. • Snap to Grid - Select Format|Snap to Grid to align form objects with the grid to allow easy alignment of form objects or uncheck this feature to allow objects to float freely between the grid lines and dots. • Resizing Objects - Form objects can be resized by clicking and dragging the handles on the edges and corners of the element with the mouse. • Change form object type - To easily change the type of form object without having to create a new one, right click on the object with the mouse and select Change To and select an available object type from the list. • Label/object alignment - Each form object and its corresponding label are bounded and will move together when either one is moved with the mouse. However, to change the position of the object and label in relation to each other (to move the label closer to a text box, for example), click and drag the large handle at the top, left corner of the object or label. • Tab order - Alter the tab order of the objects on the form by selecting View|Tab Order... from the menu bar. Click the gray box before the row you would like to change in the tab order, drag it to a new location, and release the mouse button. Form Appearance - Change the background color of the form by clicking the Fill/Back Color button on the formatting toolbar and click one of the color swatches on the palette. Change the color of individual form objects by 116 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 116
  • 117. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) highlighting one and selecting a color from the Font/Fore Color palette on the formatting toolbar. The font and size, font effect, font alignment, border around each object, the border width, and a special effect can also be modified using the formatting toolbar: Page Header and Footer – o Headers and footers added to a form will only appear when it is printed. Access these sections by selecting View|Page Header/Footer on the menu bar. Page numbers can also be added to these sections by selecting Insert|Page Numbers. A date and time can be added from Insert|Date and Time.... Select View|Page Header/Footer again to hide these sections from view in Design View. Form Controls List and Combo Boxes If there are small, finite number of values for a certain field on a form, using combo or list boxes may be a quicker and easier way of entering data. These two control types differ in the number of values they display. List values are all displayed while the combo box values are not displayed until the arrow button is clicked to open it as shown in these examples: By using a combo or list box, the name of the academic building does not need to be typed for every record. Instead, it simply needs to be selected from the list. Follow these steps to add a list or combo box to a form: 117 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 117
  • 118. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Open the form in Design View. • Select View|Toolbox to view the toolbox and make sure the "Control Wizards" button is pressed in. • Click the list or combo box tool button and draw the outline on the form. The combo box wizard dialog box will appear. • Select the source type for the list or combo box values and click Next >. • Depending on your choice in the first dialog box, the next options will vary. If you chose to look up values from a table or query, the following box will be displayed. Select the table or query from which the values of the combo box will come from. Click Next > and choose fields from the table or query that was selected. Click Next > to proceed. 118 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 118
  • 119. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • On the next dialog box, set the width of the combo box by clicking and dragging the right edge of the column. Click Next >. The next dialog box allows tells Access what to do with the value that is selected. Choose "Remember the value for later use" to use the value in a macro or procedure (the value is discarded when the form is closed), or select the field that the value should be stored in. Click Next > to proceed to the final screen. 119 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 119
  • 120. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Type the name that will appear on the box's label and click Finish. Check Boxes and Option Buttons Use check boxes and option buttons to display yes/no, true/false, or on/off values. Only one value from a group of option buttons can be selected while any or all values from a check box group can be chosen. Typically, these controls should be used when five or less options are available. Combo boxes or lists should be used for long lists of options. To add a checkbox or option group: • Click the Option Group tool on the toolbox and draw the area where the group will be placed on the form with the mouse. The option group wizard dialog box will appear. • On the first window, enter labels for the options and click the tab key to enter additional labels. Click Next > when finished typing labels. 120 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 120
  • 121. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • On the next window, select a default value if there is any and click Next >. • Select values for the options and click Next >. Choose what should be done with the value and click Next >. 121 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 121
  • 122. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Choose the type and style of the option group and click Next >. Type the caption for the option group and click Finish. Command Buttons In this example, a command button beside each record is used to open another form. 122 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 122
  • 123. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Open the form in Design View and ensure that the Control Wizard button on the toolbox is pressed in. • Click the command button icon on the toolbox and draw the button on the form. The Command Button Wizard will then appear. • On the first dialog window, action categories are displayed in the left list while the right list displays the actions in each category. Select an action for the command button and click Next >. • The next few pages of options will vary based on the action you selected. Continue selecting options for the command button. • Choose the appearance of the button by entering caption text or selecting a picture. Check the Show All Pictures box to view the full list of available images. Click Next >. 123 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 123
  • 124. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Enter a name for the command button and click Finish to create the button. Sub Forms What Is A Subform? A subform is a form that is placed in a parent form, called the main form. Subforms are particularly useful to display data from tables and queries that have one-to-many relationships. For example, in the sample below, data on the main form is drawn from an item information table while the subform contains all of the orders for that item. The item record is the "one" part of this one-to-many relationship while the orders are the "many" side of the relationship since many orders can be placed for the one item. 124 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 124
  • 125. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) The remainder of this page explains three methods for creating subforms and they assume that the data tables and/or queries have already been created. Create a Form and Subform at Once Use this method if neither form has already been created. A main form and subform can be created automatically using the form wizard if table relationships are set properly or if a query involving multiple tables is selected. For example, a relationship can be set between a table containing customer information and one listing customer orders so the orders for each customer are displayed together using a main form and subform. Follow these steps to create a subform within a form: Double-click Create form by using wizard on the database window. From the Tables/Queries drop-down menu, select the first table or query from which the main form will display its data. Select the fields that should appear on the form by highlighting the field names in the Available Fields list on the left and clicking the single arrow > button or click the double arrows >> to choose all of the fields. 125 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 125
  • 126. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Select a tabular or datasheet layout for the form and click Next. 126 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 126
  • 127. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Select a style for the form and click Next. Enter the names for the main form and subform. Click Finish to create the forms. 127 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 127
  • 128. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) New records can be added to both tables or queries at once by using the new combination form. Subform Wizard • If the main form or both forms already exist, the Subform Wizard can be used to combine the forms. Follow these steps to use the Subform Wizard: • Open the main form in Design View and make sure the Control Wizard button on the toolbox is pressed in. • Click the Subform/Subreport icon on the toolbox and draw the outline of the subform on the main form. The Subform Wizard dialog box will appear when the mouse button is released. • If the subform has not been created yet, select "Use existing Tables and Queries". Otherwise, select the existing form that will become the subform. Click Next to continue. 128 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 128
  • 129. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) The next dialog window will display table relationships assumed by Access. Select one ofthese relationships or define your own and click Next. On the final dialog box, enter the name of the subform and click Finish. 129 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 129
  • 130. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Drag-and-Drop Method – • Use this method to create subforms from two forms that already exist. Make sure that the table relationships have already been set before proceeding with these steps. • Open the main form in Design View and select Window|Tile Vertically to display both the database window and the form side-by-side. Drag the form icon beside the name of the subform onto the detail section of the main form design. 130 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 130
  • 131. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) More On Forms Multiple-Page Forms Using Tabs Tab controls allow you to easily create multi-page forms. Create a tab control by following these steps: • Click the Tab Control icon on the toolbox and draw the control on the form. • Add new controls to each tab page the same way that controls are added to regular form pages and click the tabs to change pages. Existing form controls cannot be added to the tab page by dragging and dropping. Instead, right-click on the control and select Cut from the shortcut menu. Then right-click on the tab control and select Paste. The controls can then be repositioned on the tab control. 131 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 131
  • 132. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Add new tabs or delete tabs by right-clicking in the tab area and choosing Insert Page or Delete Page from the shortcut menu. Reorder the tabs by right-clicking on the tab control and selecting Page Order. Rename tabs by double-clicking on a tab and changing the Name property under the Other tab. Conditional Formatting • Special formatting that depends on the control's value can be added to text boxes, lists, and combo boxes. A default value can set along with up to three conditional formats. To add conditional formatting to a control element, follow these steps: Select the control that the formatting should be applied to and select Format|Conditional Formatting from the menu bar. Under Condition 1, select one of the following condition types: Field Value Is applies formatting based upon the value of the control. Select a comparison type from the second drop-down menu and enter a value in the final text box. Password Text Fields To modify a text box so each character appears as an asterisk as the user types in the information, select the text field in Design View and click Properties. Under the Data tab, click in the Input Mask field and then click the button [...] that appears. Choose "Password" from the list of input masks and click Finish. Although the user will only see asterisks for each character that is typed, the actual characters will be saved in the database. 132 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 132
  • 133. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Change Control Type If you decide the type of a control needs to be changed, this can be done without deleting the existing control and creating a new one although not every control type can be converted and those that can have a limited number of types they can be converted to. To change the control type, select the control on the form in Design View and choose Format|Change To from the menu bar. Select one of the control types that is not grayed out. Multiple Primary Keys To select two fields for the composite primary key, move the mouse over the gray column next to the field names and note that it becomes an arrow. Click the mouse, hold it down, and drag it over all fields that should be primary keys and release the button. With the multiple fields highlighted, click the primary key button. Reports Reports will organize and group the information in a table or query and provide a way to print the data in a database. Using the Wizard Create a report using Access' wizard by following these steps: • Double-click the "Create report by using wizard" option on the Reports Database Window. • Select the information source for the report by selecting a table or query from the Tables/Queries drop-down menu. Then, select the fields that should be displayed in the report by transferring them from the Available Fields menu to the Selected Fields window using the single right arrow button > to move fields one at a time or the double arrow button >> to move all of the fields at once. Click the Next > button to move to the next screen. 133 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 133
  • 134. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Select fields from the list that the records should be grouped by and click the right arrow button > to add those fields to the diagram. Use the Priority buttons to change the order of the grouped fields if more than one field is selected. Click Next > to continue. 134 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 134
  • 135. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) If the records should be sorted, identify a sort order here. Select the first field that records should be sorted by and click the A-Z sort button to choose from ascending or descending order. Click Next > to continue. • Select a layout and page orientation for the report and click Next >. 135 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 135
  • 136. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) On the final screen, name the report and select to open it in either Print Preview or Design View mode. Click the Finish button to create the report. Create in Design View • To create a report from scratch, select Design View from the Reports Database Window. • Click the New button on the Reports Database Window. Highlight "Design View" and choose the data source of the report from the drop-down menu and click OK. 136 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 136
  • 137. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) You will be presented with a blank grid with a Field Box and form element toolbar that looks similar to the Design View for forms. Design the report in much the same way you would create a form. For example, double-click the title bar of the Field Box to add all of the fields to the report at once. Then, use the handles on the elements to resize them, move them to different locations, and modify the look of the report by using options on the formatting toolbar. Click the Print View button at the top, left corner of the screen to preview the report. Printing Reports Select File|Page Setup to modify the page margins, size, orientation, and column setup. After all changes have been made, print the report by selecting File|Print from the menu bar or click the Print button on the toolbar. 137 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 137
  • 138. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Importing, Exporting, Linking Importing Importing objects from another database will create a complete copy of a table, query, or any other database object that you select. Import a database object by following these steps: • Open the destination database. • Select File|Get External|Import from the menu bar. • Choose the database the object is located in a click the Import button. • From the Import Objects window, click on the object tabs to find the object you want to import into the database. Click the Options >> button to view more options. Under Import Tables, select "Definition and Data" if the entire table should be copied or "Definition Only" if the table structure should be copied but not the data. Under Import Queries, select "As Tables" if the queries should appear as regular tables in the destination database. Highlight the object name, and click OK. 138 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 138
  • 139. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • The new object will now appear with the existing objects in the database. Exporting The effect of importing can also be achieved using the opposite method of exporting. • Open the database containing an object that will be copied (exported) to another database. • Find the object in the Database Window and highlight it. Then, select File|Export... from the menu bar. • Select the destination database from the window and click Save. • You will be prompted to name the new object and may also be given other options, such as whether to copy the structure or data and structure of a table. Click OK to complete the export procedure. Linking Unlike importing, linking objects from another database will create a link to an object in another database while not copying the table to the current database. Create a link by following these steps: 139 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 139
  • 140. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Open the destination database. • Select File|Get External|Link Tables... from the menu bar. • Choose the database that the table is located in and click the Link button. • A window listing the tables in the database will then appear. Highlight the table or tables that should be linked and click OK. A link to the table will appear in the Database Window as a small table icon proceeded by a small right arrow. UNIT-5 INTRODUCTION TO MS-POWERPOINT Microsoft PowerPoint is a software product used to perform computer-based presentations. There are various circumstances in which a presentation is made: teaching a class, introducing a product to sell, explaining an organizational structure, etc. When performing a presentation, there are two main kinds of presentation you can deliver: before an audience or not. The preparation and the actual delivery of each are quite different. Before getting into the details of each, we will first take a look at the software and analyze what it has to offer a presentation. 140 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 140
  • 141. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Open Power Point and you will be prompted by a dialog box with four choices. Each of these options is explained on this page. If Power Point is already open or this box does not appear, select File|New from the menu bar. 141 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 141
  • 142. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) GETTING STARTED AutoContent Wizard The AutoContent Wizard provides templates and ideas for a variety of presentation types. Page through the wizard by clicking the Next button on the bottom of each page after making necessary choices. Design Template Power Point provides many templates with different backgrounds and text formatting to begin your presentation. Preview each design by highlighting the template name on the list. Press OK after you have chosen the design. 142 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 142
  • 143. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Blank Presentation Select Blank Presentation to build the presentation from scratch with no preset graphics or formatting. Open an Existing Presentation Select this option to open a Power Point presentation that already exists. Select the folder the file is located in from the Look in: drop-down menu and highlight the file on the list. Click Open to open the presentation. AutoLayout After selecting the presentation type, you will be prompted to choose the layout of the new slide. These layouts include bulleted lists, graphs, and/or images. Click on each thumbnail image and a description will be printed in the message box. Highlight the layout you want and click OK. 143 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 143
  • 144. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) POWER POINT SCREEN Screen Layout The Power Point screen layout in Normal View: Views Power Point gives you four screen layouts for constructing your presentation in addition to the Slide Show. You can select the page view by clicking the buttons just above the formatting toolbar and the bottom of the page. 144 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 144
  • 145. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Normal View Normal View This screen is split into three sections showing the presentation outline on the left, the slide in the main window, and notes at the bottom. Slide View The slide view displays each slide on the screen and is helpful for adding images, formatting text, and adding background styles . 145 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 145
  • 146. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Outline View The presentation outline is displayed on the majority of the screen with small windows for the slide and notes. This view is recommended for editing text. 146 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 146
  • 147. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Slide Sorter View A small image of each slide is displayed in Slide Sorter view. Slides can easily be ordered and sorted from this screen. Click the Slide Show button to view the full-screen slide show. WORKING WITH SLIDES Insert a New Slide Follow these steps to insert a new slide into the presentation: • In the Outline window, select the slide you want the new slide to appear after by clicking the slide's number. • Select Insert|New Slide from the menu bar or click the new slide button on the standard toolbar. • Choose the page layout from the window and press OK. Applying a Design Template To add a design template or changing the existing one, selection Format|Design Template from the menu bar. Select the template and click Apply. Changing Slide Layouts To change the layout template of the slide select Format|Slide Layout from the menu bar. Select one of the layout thumbnail images and click Apply. 147 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 147
  • 148. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Reordering Slides To reorder a slide in Slide Sorter View, simply click on the slide you wish to move and drag it to the new location. In Normal or Outline View, click the slide icon beside the number of the slide you want to move and drag the icon to a new location. Hide Slides If you do not want a slide to appear during the slide show, but do not want to delete the slide as it may be used later, the slide can be hidden by selecting Slide Show|Hide Slide from the menu bar. To add the slide back to the slide show, select Slide Show|Hide Slide again. Create a Custom Slide Show The Custom Slide Show feature allows you to select the slides you want to display in the slide show if not all the slides should be used. • Select Slide Show|Custom Slide Show from the menu bar. 148 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 148
  • 149. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Click the New... button in the Custom Shows window. • In the Define Custom Show window, type a name for the slide in the Slide show name field. • Add slides to the custom show by highlighting them in the Slides in presentation window and clicking the Add >> button. Those slides will then appear in the Slides in custom show window. • To remove slides from the custom show, highlight their names in the Slides in custom show window and click the Remove button. • To reorder slides in the custom show, highlight the slide that should be moved and click the up and down arrows to change its order in the show. • Click OK when finished. 149 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 149
  • 150. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Click the Show button on the Custom Shows window to preview the custom slide show and click Close to exit. • Edit a Custom Slide Show • Select Slide Show|Custom Slide Show from the menu bar. • Edit the show by highlighting the name in the Custom shows box and clicking the Edit... button. • To delete a show, highlight the name and click Remove. • Create a copy of a show by clicking the Copy button. The copy can then be renamed by clicking the Edit... button. • Click the Show button to preview the custom slide show and click Close to exit. COLOR SCHEME The colors of predesigned slide templates can be changed and a color scheme can be added to blank presentations. This page explains how to add color schemes and background images to slides. Color Schemes • Select Format|Slide Color Scheme from the menu bar. • Click one of the preset color scheme thumbnail images in the Color schemes box 150 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 150
  • 151. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Click the Preview button to see how the scheme will appear on the slide. • To make changes to the color scheme, click the Custom tab on the dialog box. • Change the colors of the slide elements by selecting the color swatch beside the name of the element and clicking the Change color button. 151 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 151
  • 152. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Highlight one of the colors from the Text and Line Color window or select the Custom tab to view more color choices and click OK when finished. • When you have finished all color formatting, click Apply to All to apply the color scheme to all the slides in the presentation or Apply to add the scheme only to the current slide. Backgrounds Follow these steps to add background colors and patterns to a slide: • Select Format|Background from the menu bar. 152 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 152
  • 153. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Select a color from the drop-down menu below the Background fill preview or choose More Colors... for a larger selection. • Select Fill Effects from the drop-down menu to add gradients, texture, patterns, or a picture to the background. Gradient tab • Select One color if the color chosen will fade into the background and select the color from the Color 1 drop-down menu. Choose Two colors if the gradient will use two colors and select those colors from the Color 1 and Color 2 drop-down 153 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 153
  • 154. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) menus. Preset provides a selection of color combinations. Select one from the Preset colors drop-down menu. • Select the type of gradient from Shading styles. • Click one of the four Variants of the styles chosen. Texture tab From the Texture window, select a repeating background by scrolling through the thumbnail images or click Other Texture... to select an image from a file. 154 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 154
  • 155. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Pattern tab Select a two-tone pattern by clicking one of the pattern swatches and selecting the Foreground and Background colors. Picture tab Click the Select Picture button to choose a picture from a file. After the picture is selected, a preview and description will be shown in this window. • Click OK to apply the changes made from the Fill Effects windows. • Click Apply to All to add the changes to every slide or Apply to make changes only to the current Slide. GRAPHICS The Drawing Toolbar provides many commands for creating and editing graphics. The toolbar is located at the bottom of the Power Point screen or it can be activated by selecting View|Toolbars|Drawing from the menu bar. 155 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 155
  • 156. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Menu - o Grouping - Images can be grouped together so they become one image and can be moved together or the same formatting changes can be applied to both at once. Select all the images that will be grouped by holding down the SHIFT key and clicking once on each image. Then select Group from the Draw menu. The images can be ungrouped by selecting Ungroup from the same menu. The rectangles in the image to the left are separate images with their own sets of handles and they are grouped together in the image to the right: Order - The order of overlapping images can be changed using this feature. In the example of two rectangles below, the green rectangle is selected and the Send Backward command was used to move the image below the blue rectangle. Send Backward and Bring Forward will move elements by one layer. Send to Back and Bring to Front move the elements to the back or top of a series of several overlapping graphics. • Nudge - Use the nudge actions to move an object slightly in one direction. • Align or Distribute - Select a group of objects and choose one of the the commands from the Align or Distribute menu to change the position of the objects in relation to one another. • Rotate or Flip - Rotate an object 90 degrees or flip the object over its x- or y- axis. 156 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 156
  • 157. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Select objects - Deactivate all drawing functions. • AutoShapes menu - Click the small down arrow to the right of the "AutoShapes" text to select a shape. • Line and Arrow - Click and drag the mouse on the slide to add lines. Hold down the SHIFT key to draw a straight line. Use the end points of the completed line to stretch and reposition the line. • Rectangle and Oval - Click and drag the mouse on the slide to add rectangles and ovals. Hold down the SHIFT key to add squares and circles. • Text box - Click to draw a text box on the slide. • Word art - Click to add WordArt. • Picture - Click to add a clip art image to the slide. • Fill color - Choose a fill color for rectangles, ovals, and clip art. • Line color - Select a border color for shapes and pictures. • Font color - Highlight text on the slide and click the small down arrow next to the Font color icon to select a color. • Line style - Highlight a line or arrow that has been drawn and click this button to select a thickness or style for the line. • Dash style - Highlight a line or arrow and select a dash style. • Arrow style - Change the arrow head style for an existing arrow or change a line to an arrow. • Shadow - Select a text box to add shadow to text or choose any other object on the slide to add a drop shadow. • 3D - Add a three-dimensional effect to text and other objects. • Free rotate - This button will place green handles on certain objects so they can be arbitrarily rotated. Click and drag the handles to rotate the objects. Adding Clip Art 157 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 157
  • 158. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) To add a clip art image to a slide, follow these steps: • Select Insert|Picture|Clip Art from the menu bar or click the Picture button on the Drawing toolbar.. • To find an image, click in the white box following Search for clips and enter keywords describing • Click once on the image to want to add to the slide and a selection bar will appear. • Click once on the image you want to add to the slide and the following popup menu will appear: Insert Clip to add the image to the slide. Preview Clip to view the image full-size before adding it to the slide. Drag the bottom, right corner of the preview window to resize the image 158 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 158
  • 159. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) and click the "x" close button to end the preview. o Add Clip to Favorites will add the selected image to your favorites directory that can be chosen from the Insert ClipArt dialog box. o Find Similar Clips will retrieve images similar to the one you have chosen. • Click the Close button in the top, right corner of the Insert Clip window to stop adding clip art to the slide. Add An Image from a File • To add a photo or graphic from a file: • Select Insert|Picture|From File from the menu bar. • Click the down arrow button on the right side of the Look in: window to find the image on your computer. • Highlight the file name from the list and click the Insert button. 159 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 159
  • 160. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Editing A Graphic Activate the image you wish to edit by clicking on it once with the mouse. Several handles will appear around the graphic. Click and drag these handles to resize the image. The handles on the corners will resize proportionally while the handles on the straight lines will stretch the image. More picture effects can be changed using the Picture toolbar. Auto Shapes The AutoShapes toolbar allows you to draw a number of geometrical shapes, arrows, flow chart elements, stars, and other graphics on a slide. Activate the AutoShapes toolbar by selecting Insert|Picture|AutoShapes or View|Toolbars|AutoShapes from the menu bar. Click the buttons on the toolbar to view the options for drawing each shape. 160 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 160
  • 161. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Lines - After clicking the Lines button on the AutoShapes toolbar, draw a straight line, arrow, or double-ended arrow from the first row of options by clicking the respective button. Click in the slide where you would like the line to begin and click again where it should end. To draw a curved line or freeform shape, select curved lines from the menu (first and second buttons of second row), click in the slide where the line should appear, and click the mouse every time a curve should begin. End creating the graphic by clicking on the starting end or pressing the ESC key. To scribble, click the last button in the second row, click the mouse in the slide and hold down the left button while you draw the design. Let go of the mouse button to stop drawing. • Connectors - Draw these lines to connect flow chart elements. • Basic Shapes - Click the Basic Shapes button on the AutoShapes toolbar to select from many two- and three-dimensional shapes, icons, braces, and brackets. Use the drag-and-drop method to draw the shape in the slide. When the shape has been made, it can be resized using the open box handles and other adjustments specific to each shape can be modified using the yellow diamond handles. Block Arrows - Select Block Arrows to choose from many types of two- and three-dimensional arrows. Drag-and-drop the arrow in the slide and use the open box and yellow diamond handles to adjust the arrowheads. Each AutoShape can also be rotated by first clicking the Free Rotate button on the drawing toolbar . Click and drag the green handles around the image to rotate it. The tree image below was created from an arrow rotated 90 degrees. Flow Chart - Choose from the flow chart menu to add flow chart elements to the slide and use the line menu to draw connections between the elements. 161 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 161
  • 162. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Stars and Banners - Click the button to select stars, bursts, banners, and scrolls. Call Outs - Select from the speech and thought bubbles, and line call outs. Enter the call out text in the text box that is made. More AutoShapes - Click the More button to choose from a list of clip art categories. Each of the submenus on the AutoShapes toolbar can become a separate toolbar. Just click and drag the gray bar across the top of the submenus off of the toolbar and it will become a separate floating toolbar. WordArt • Add headlines in striking colors and shapes to your presentation using Word Art. • Select Insert|Picture|WordArt from the menu bar or click the Word Art button on the Drawing toolbar. • Choose a Word Art style from the listing and click OK. Enter the text in the Edit WordArt Text box and choose the font, size, and style for the text. Click OK. 162 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 162
  • 163. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Use the white box handles around the word art to resize it on the slide. • Drag the yellow diamond handle to change the shape of the text. To revert back to no shape, double-click the diamond. SLIDE EFFECTS Action Buttons • Use the action button toolbar to add functioning buttons to slides in a presentation. • Select Slide Show|Action Buttons from the menu bar. Click the bar across the top of the button menu and drag it off the menu so it becomes a floating toolbar. • Click one of the button faces and draw the button on the slide using the mouse. The Action Settings menu will then appear. 163 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 163
  • 164. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Set the actions under either the Mouse Click or Mouse Over tabs. Actions specified for Mouse Click will execute when the button is clicked on the slide while actions for Mouse Over will occur when the mouse pointer hovers over the button. • Select an action for the button by choosing a Hyperlink to destination. • If you want a sound to be played when the button is clicked, check the Play sound box and choose a sound from the drop-down menu. • Click OK when finished. • The button on the slide can be resized using the white box handles and the depth of the button can be changed by dragging the yellow diamond. Slide Animation 164 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 164
  • 165. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Several animations for slide objects are available through the drop-down menus on the menu bar. First, select the text box or graphic that will be animated. Select Slide Show|Preset Animation and choose from one of the options. To select a different animation or turn the animation off, select the appropriate choice from the same menu. For more options, follow the procedure below: • Select Slide Show|Custom Animation from the menu bar. • Select the object on the slide that will be animated from the Check to animate slide objects list. • Under the Effects tab, select the animation type (or select "No Effect" to turn an animation off) and direction from the drop-down menus and select a sound if you wish. • Select an After animation effect if the text should change colors after the animation executes. • Color palette - Select one of the color swatches or click More Colors for a larger selection. The text will change to the selected color when the mouse is clicked during the slide show. • Don't Dim - This option erases all After Animation effects. • Hide After Animation - Text will be immediately erased after the animation is completed. • Hide on Next Mouse click - The text will be erased when the mouse is clicked. • Choose the style of displaying the text under the Introduce text section. The drop- down menu provides options for displaying the characters for each bulleted item. Select "All at once" for the text to appear immediately, "by Word" for the text to appear one word at a time, or "by Letter" for a typewriter effect that displays one letter at a time. 165 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 165
  • 166. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Click the Order & Timing tab to alter the order that the objects appear on the slide. Highlight the object in the Animation order box and click the Move arrows to move the object's position within the animation sequence. Under Start animation, choose "On mouse click" to activate the animation by clicking the mouse or "Automatically" for the animation to execute after a set number of seconds. Click the Preview button at any time to preview the animation on the slide and click OK when finished. Animation Preview Select Slide Show|Animation Preview from the menu bar to view the Animation Preview window. Click anywhere within this window with the mouse to preview the animations that have been set. To hide the window, click the x close button in the top, right corner. 166 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 166
  • 167. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Slide Transitions Add transition effects when changing slides by following these steps: • Select Slide Show|Slide Transition from the menu bar. • From the Effect section, choose a transition from the drop-down menu and notice the preview after the transition is selected. Select a speed for the transition as well. • Under Advance, check "On mouse click" for the slide transition to occur by clicking the mouse or using keystrokes or check "Automatically after" and a number of seconds if the transition should occur automatically. • Select a Sound if necessary and check the Loop until next sound if it should keep repeating until the next sound is played. • Click Apply to All if the transition effects should be added to every slide or Apply if the effects should be added only to the current slide. Slide Show Options 167 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 167
  • 168. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Select Tools|Options and click the View tab to choose from several more slide show options. • Popup menu on right mouse click - Check this box if you want to be able to access the shortcut menu during a presentation. • Show popup menu button - Check this box to activate the menu button that appears in the bottom, left corner of the screen during a presentation. • End with black slide - Insert a blank, black slide to the end of the presentation. MASTER SLIDES Slide Master Change the style of all slides in the presentation by changing the properties on the Slide Master. Each Design Template has its own Slide Master that can be altered. If you create slides from scratch, a consistent style can be added to the presentation by formatting the Slide Master. • Select View|Master|Slide Master from the menu bar. 168 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 168
  • 169. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • Format the master slide just as you would format a regular slide by formatting text, formatting lists, adding background patterns and effects, and setting footers. • Click the Close button on the Master toolbar to quit editing the master slide and return to the presentation. Headers and Footers • Add the date and time, slide numbers, and other footer text to the master slide from the Header and Footer window. • Select View|Header and Footer... from the menu bar. 169 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 169
  • 170. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Check the Date and time box to add this feature to the slide. Select Update automatically to always display the current date and time or click Fixed and enter a date that will not change in the text field provided. • Check the Slide number box to add this feature to the slides. • Click the Footer box and add other text to the footer area of the slide. • Check the Don't show on title slide box to hide these features on the title slide of the presentation. • Click the Notes and Handouts tab to make the same changes to notes and handouts pages. • Click Apply to All to add the changes to every slide or Apply to add only to the current slide. Slide Numbers • To add the slide numbers in a fixed position on the slide, use the Header and Footer window detailed above. The slide number can otherwise be added anywhere on the slide by placing the cursor where the slide number should appear and selecting Insert|Slide Number from the menu bar. The text of the slide number can the formatting just as regular text style is changed. Date and Time 170 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 170
  • 171. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) A date and/or time can also be added using the Header and Footer window or anywhere else on the slide. Place the cursor where the date and time should appear on the slide and select Insert|Date and Time from the menu bar. Select a format from the Available formats box and click Update automatically if this feature should always be updated to reflect the current date and time. Click OK to finish. SAVING AND PRINTING Save as Web Page Presentations can be saved by selecting File|Save from the menu bar. However, if you want to post Power Point presentations on the Internet, you may want to save them as web pages so students and other visitors to your web site can view the presentation even if they do not have Power Point installed on their computers. Select File|Save As Web Page from the menu bar. Choose your web page directory on the network from the Look in: drop-down menu and name the file in the File name: box. Click Save to save the presentation in web format. Page Setup Select File|Page Setup from the menu bar to access options for printing the presentation slides. Select the format the printed slides will be used for from the Slides sized for drop- down menu or enter a specific print size using the Width and Height boxes. Select the page orientation for the slides and for other print material from the presentation in the Orientation section. 171 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 171
  • 172. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Print Select File|Print from the menu bar to print the presentation. Print range - Select All to print all the slides in the presentation, Current slide to print only the current slide, or enter slide numbers in the Slides field to print only certain slides. 172 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 172
  • 173. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Copies - Enter the number of copies of each slide specified in Print range and check the Collate box if necessary. Print What - • Slides prints a full-page slide on each page. • Handouts prints as many slides as you designate on each page. • Notes Page prints one slide with that slide's notes on each page • Outline view prints the outline of the presentation Click OK to print. TIPS Design Tips • Keep text simple and easy to read by not using many different text effects such as bold, italics, , larger font size for emphasis within a sentence, or a different font all on the same slide. • Use contrasting colors for the text and the background so the text will be easy to read. • Use font size large enough to be seen from the back of the room where the presentation will be held. A font size of 24-point or larger is recommended. • Use short phrases and sentences to convey your message. • Use simple slide transitions. Too many different transitions will distract your audience from the subject of the presentation. • Avoid cluttering the slides with too much text or graphics. Your audience should hear what you have to say and not be distracted by a busy screen. • Keep text simple and easy to read by not using many different text effects such as bold, italics, underlining, larger font size for emphasis within a sentence, or a different font all on the same slide. Presentation Basics • Begin the slide show by clicking the Slide Show button on the bottom of the screen. • Move to the next slide by pressing the SPACE BAR, ENTER, PAGE DOWN, or right arrow keys or by clicking the left mouse button. • Go back to the previous slide by pressing BACKSPACE, PAGE UP, or the left arrow key. • To end the slideshow before it is complete press ESC on the keyboard. • A pen tool is available for drawing on the screen with the mouse. Press CTRL+P or click the right mouse button at any time and a popup window will appear. Choose Pen and the pointer will change to a pen that allows you to draw freehand on the screen using the mouse. Press the E key to erase all pen strokes. Press CTRL+A to disable the pen feature and revert the pen back to a pointer arrow. 173 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 173
  • 174. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) • If you would like to use the pen to draw on a blank screen during a presentation, press the B or W keys, or select Screen/Black Screen from the popup menu and the screen will turn black. Press B or W again or choose Next from the popup menu to return to the presentation when you are finished drawing. • To hide the pointer and button from the screen press the A key. • Be sure to preview the slide show using a projector if one will be used during the presentation. The projector may cut off words or graphics that are close to the edge of the screen. Unit-5 INTRODUCTION TO MICROSOFT-OUTLOOK Outlook Express is an e-mail/news client that was included with Internet Explorer versions Internet Explorer 4.0 through 6.0. As such, it was also bundled with several versions of Microsoft Windows, from Windows 98 to Windows XP, and was available for Windows 95 and Mac OS 9. In Windows Vista, Outlook Express is replaced with Windows Mail. Windows Live Mail has since been released as the successor to Outlook Express and Windows Mail. Microsoft Entourage, sold as part of Microsoft Office for 174 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 174
  • 175. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Macintosh, has replaced the Macintosh version. Outlook Express is a different application from Microsoft Office Outlook. The two programs do not share a common codebase, but do share a common architectural philosophy. The similar names lead many people to incorrectly conclude that Outlook Express is a stripped-down version of Microsoft Office Outlook. Outlook Express uses the Windows Address Book to store contact information and integrates tightly with it. Creating A New Account You've opened up Outlook Express, but now you want to create a new account. Here are the basic easy steps to create a new account with Outlook Express. First, before we start, I'm assuming you have an email account that you want to set up. There are many free email places out there at the moment. The easiest to set up is www.hotmail.com and it is a subsidiary of Microsoft. Here are the basic steps to set up a POP3 or IMAP email account with Outlook Express: Step One: Turn on your computer (sorry I couldn't resist it). Okay first step: You open Outlook Express then to the Tools Tab at the top. Look at the picture above. Scroll down to Accounts and click it. Step Two: 175 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 175
  • 176. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) This new box will open once you complete step one. You go to the add button and highlight Mail. See above picture. Step Three: The first thing they'll ask you is for you Display Name. This will be the name that will appear when you send mail to others. I would suggest, unless this is a business email and your name is needed, that you use an alias, nickname, or clipped version of your name. You'll be sending emails to many people in your daily use and you might not want them all knowing your real name. So fill this in the way you chose. Step Four: 176 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 176
  • 177. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) This will be the email address that others will us when sending emails back to you. Just fill in your email address here. See above picture. Step Five: The next section involves the pop3, IMAP, or HTTP settings for your mail server. Most Internet Service Providers will provide you with the necessary information to fill in here. Incoming and Outgoing is almost always the same server. Just fill in the appropriate fields. Step Six: 177 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 177
  • 178. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Account name and Password. These are the username you have for you email account and the password. Make sure to tick the box that says Remember Password if you don't want to type in your password every time you connect. Step Seven: Click Finish - Step Seven: 178 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 178
  • 179. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Click Finish - Email - How to Send Emails Sending an email is pretty easy, but lets assume you don't know how to send an email in Outlook Express. Here is a brief discussion on how to send out an email. This above picture will show you the basic layout of a new email. Just fill in the To: with an email 179 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 179
  • 180. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) address. Fill in the Subject: With some subject. In the big white area is where you write the actual letter. Once you're done with your emails just click send. Now there are a few options that you have in this email window, I won't do all, but will show you some of the basics. First. Spelling. Before sending your email you should just run the spell checker over your email. Why send out an email with typos and spelling errors. Just click the red check with spelling underneath it. The paper clip Icon that has attached below it...that's what you would click if you wanted to include a file, picture, etc to this email. This will open a box that will tell you to browse for the file that you want to include with this email. Remember files that are too big will be rejected by some email servers. A general rule is no files over 1mb big. Most free email places won't allow files bigger than that...but if you're renting webspace or this is an ISP email, they file size can be bigger. See that To: ? Well, if you click on it, it will open your address book and allow you to include a contact instantly into your email. The same goes with the CC: button...so you can send one email to multiple people. Adding People to Your Address Book Adding people to your address book is a very simple thing to do and will save your old grey matter from straining to remember people's email addresses. Step One: Click on this button: Step Two: This is the window that will open once you click that Addresses button. This has very basic controls and easy to understand. To add a new person to your contact list all you 180 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 180
  • 181. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) have to do is click New. If you want to see the properties of a profile you already have, just click the Properties Button. If you want to remove that lousy friend from your Address Book, just click Delete. Find People (if you're really popular) will help you go through your address book quickly. Step Three: Click New in step two and then click New Contact then fill in this information below: There are a number of bits of information that you can include here. Just fill in the information you want for the person you want to add to your address book and then click OK. There, you've added a contact to your address book. Email - How to Send Emails Sending an email is pretty easy, but lets assume you don't know how to send an email in Outlook Express. Here is a brief discussion on how to send out an email 181 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 181
  • 182. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) . This above picture will show you the basic layout of a new email. Just fill in the To: with an email address. Fill in the Subject: With some subject. In the big white area is where you write the actual letter. Once you're done with your emails just click send. Now there are a few options that you have in this email window, I won't do all, but will show you some of the basics. First. Spelling. Before sending your email you should just run the spell checker over your email. Why send out an email with typos and spelling errors. Just click the red check with spelling underneath it. The paper clip Icon that has attached below it...that's what you would click if you wanted to include a file, picture, etc to this email. This will open a box that will tell you to browse for the file that you want to include with this email. Remember files that are too big will be rejected by some email servers. A general rule is no files over 1mb big. Most free email places won't allow files bigger than that...but if you're renting webspace or this is an ISP email, they file size can be bigger. See that To: ? Well, if you click on it, it will open your address book and allow you to include a contact instantly into your email. The same goes with the CC: button...so you can send one email to multiple people. Adding People to Your Address Book Adding people to your address book is a very simple thing to do and will save your old grey matter from straining to remember people's email addresses. Step One: Click on this button: Step Two: 182 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 182
  • 183. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) This is the window that will open once you click that Addresses button. This has very basic controls and easy to understand. To add a new person to your contact list all you have to do is click New. If you want to see the properties of a profile you already have, just click the Properties Button. If you want to remove that lousy friend from your Address Book, just click Delete. Find People (if you're really popular) will help you go through your address book quickly. Step Three: Click New in step two and then click New Contact then fill in this information below: There are a number of bits of information that you can include here. Just fill in the information you want for the person you want to add to your address book and then click OK. There, you've added a contact to your address book. 183 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 183
  • 184. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Email - How to Send Emails Sending an email is pretty easy, but lets assume you don't know how to send an email in Outlook Epress. Here is a brief discussion on how to send out an email. This above picture will show you the basic layout of a new email. Just fill in the To: with an email address. Fill in the Subject: With some subject. In the big white area is where you write the actual letter. Once you're done with your emails just click send. Now there are a few options that you have in this email window, I won't do all, but will show you some of the basics. First. Spelling. Before sending your email you should just run the spell checker over your email. Why send out an email with typos and spelling errors. Just click the red check with spelling underneath it. The paper clip Icon that has attached below it...that's what you would click if you wanted to include a file, picture, etc to this email. This will open a box that will tell you to browse for the file that you want to include with this email. Remember files that are too big will be rejected by some email servers. A general rule is no files over 1mb big. Most free email places won't allow files bigger than that...but if you're renting webspace or this is an ISP email, they file size can be bigger. See that To: ? Well, if you click on it, it will open your address book and allow you to include a contact instantly into your email. The same goes with the CC: button...so you can send one email to multiple people. Creating A Signature File Signature files are little text attachments that are added to every one of your emails. You would use this if you have a quote that you really liked, a poem that you wanted to have as a little ending file, or even some advertising 184 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 184
  • 185. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) for a website you might have. You can have more than one signature file, but can only use one at a time. Here is the way to create a signature file. Step One: Go to Tools--->Options and Click: Step Two: Go to the signature tab and click new 185 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 185
  • 186. EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) Step Three: Fill in the text box with any message you want to include at the end of your emails and click OK. You can create as many signature files as you want so you can change them randomly, etc. depending on your mood. 186 EDUPROZ INSTITUTE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (YOUR EDUCATION YOUR WAY) SEC-7, DWARKA 186